CN101573977B - Transmitting device, video signal transmitting method in transmitting device, recieving device and video signal recieving method in recieving device - Google Patents

Transmitting device, video signal transmitting method in transmitting device, recieving device and video signal recieving method in recieving device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN101573977B
CN101573977B CN2007800494207A CN200780049420A CN101573977B CN 101573977 B CN101573977 B CN 101573977B CN 2007800494207 A CN2007800494207 A CN 2007800494207A CN 200780049420 A CN200780049420 A CN 200780049420A CN 101573977 B CN101573977 B CN 101573977B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
signal
data
unit
line
hdmi
Prior art date
Application number
CN2007800494207A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN101573977A (en
Inventor
中岛康久
菊池秀和
Original Assignee
索尼株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to JP301486/2006 priority Critical
Priority to JP2006301486 priority
Priority to JP2007050426 priority
Priority to JP050426/2007 priority
Priority to JP240663/2007 priority
Priority to JP2007240663 priority
Application filed by 索尼株式会社 filed Critical 索尼株式会社
Priority to PCT/JP2007/071650 priority patent/WO2008056708A1/en
Priority claimed from CN201310497100.5A external-priority patent/CN103533282B/en
Publication of CN101573977A publication Critical patent/CN101573977A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN101573977B publication Critical patent/CN101573977B/en

Links

Abstract

为了允许在电视接收机上平滑地显示视频摄像机记录器的内容列表,并改进由用户对视频内容的选择操作的性能。 In order to allow smooth display the contents list of the video camera recorder in the television receiver, and improve performance of the video content by the user selection operation. 视频摄像机记录器(源设备)10A和电视接收机(接收器设备)30A通过HDMI电缆1连接。 Video camera recorder (source device) 1OA and the television receiver (sink device) connected through the HDMI cable. 30A 1. 给视频摄像机记录器10A提供了HDMI发送单元(HDMI TX)28和高速数据线I/F 28A。 To provide video camera recorder HDMI transmitting unit (HDMI TX) 28 and a high-speed data line I / F 28A 10A. 给电视接收机30A提供了HDMI接收单元(HDMI RX)32和高速数据线I/F 32A。 30A is provided to the television receiver The HDMI receiving unit (HDMI RX) 32 and high-speed data line I / F 32A. 响应于来自电视接收机30A侧的发送请求,视频摄像机记录器10A通过使用由HDMI电缆1的具体线构成的高速数据线向电视接收机30A高速地发送附加信息(内容列表和缩略图数据)。 In response to a transmission request from the television receiver 30A side, the video camera recorder 10A transmits the additional information (contents list and thumbnail image data) to the television receiver 30A at high speed by using a high-speed data line composed of specific HDMI cable wire 1.

Description

发送设备、发送设备的视频信号发送方法、接收设备和接收设备的视频信号接收方法 Method for transmitting a video signal receiving apparatus, a video signal transmitting method for transmitting device, receiving device and the receiving device

技术领域 FIELD

[0001] 本发明涉及适用于如下系统的发送设备、发送设备的视频信号发送方法、接收设备、和接收设备的视频信号接收方法:该系统由遵守被称为HDMI (高清多媒体接口)标准的数字视频/音频输入/输出接口标准进行输出或输入的设备构成。 [0001] The present invention relates to apparatus suitable for the following transmission system, a method of transmitting a video signal receiving apparatus of a video signal transmission method, receiving apparatus, and the receiving device: the system is called by a compliance HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) standard digital video / audio input / output interface standard input or output device configuration.

[0002] 具体地,本发明涉及通过使用双向通信单元向外部设备发送关于可以被发送到外部设备的各个视频信号的附加信息,来使得外部设备侧平滑地显示关于各个视频信号的附加信息的发送设备,且因此可以改进由用户选择对视频信号的操作的性能,等等。 [0002] In particular, the present invention relates to send additional information about the may be sent to the respective video signal from the external device to the external device using the bidirectional communication unit, to enable the external device side of the displayed smoothly transmits additional information for each video signal on the apparatus, and thus can improve the performance of the video signal selected by a user operation, and the like.

背景技术 Background technique

[0003] 近年来,例如,HDMI (高清多媒体接口)已经作为一种通信接口而广泛流行,通过该通信接口,以高速从DVD (数字通用盘)记录器、机顶盒和其他AV源(音频视频源)向电视接收机、投影仪和其他显示器发送作为未压缩(基带)视频信号的数字视频信号(此后,被称为“图像数据”)和与该视频信号相关的数字音频信号(此后,被称为“音频数据”)。 [0003] In recent years, for example, the HDMI (High Definition Multimedia Interface) has been widely used as a popular communication interface, through the communication interface, a high speed from a DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) recorder, a set-top box, and other AV sources (Audio Visual source ) transmitted to the television receiver, a projector, and other displays (baseband) digital video signals (hereinafter, referred to as "image data") and a video signal associated with the video signal is uncompressed digital audio signal (hereinafter, referred to the "audio data"). 例如在专利文献I中描述了HDMI标准的细节。 For example details of the HDMI standard described in Patent Document I below.

[0004]专利文献 1:W02002/078336 [0004] Patent Document 1: W02002 / 078336

发明内容 SUMMARY

[0005] 技术问题 [0005] Technical issues

[0006] 在使用HDMI进行设备到设备连接的情况下,标准化了音频和视频发送的定义,而没有提供附加信息发送的定义。 [0006] In the case of using the HDMI for device connection, standardization and definition audio video transmission, without providing additional information transmitted is defined. 因此,在其中在一个介质上记录了多个场景的视频摄像机记录器的情况下,连接了视频摄像机记录器的电视接收机仅识别该视频摄像机记录器作为视频摄像机记录器,且难以在用户所期望的场景处开始视频信号的再现。 Therefore, when in a recording medium on which a video camera recorder of the plurality of scenes, the video camera recorder connected to a television receiver to identify only the video camera as a video recorder the video camera recorder, and the user is difficult to start playback at a desired scene video signal.

[0007] 本发明的目的是改进用户对视频信号的选择操作的性能。 [0007] The object of the present invention to improve the performance of the user of the video signal selection operation.

[0008] 技术方案 [0008] Technical Solution

[0009] 本发明的概念在于一种发送设备,其特征在于包括: [0009] The concept of the present invention is a transmitting apparatus, comprising:

[0010] 信号发送单元,其通过使用多个信道的传输路径向外部设备发送视频信号作为差分信号; [0010] The signal transmitting unit that transmits a video signal as a differential signal through the transmission path using a plurality of channels to the external device;

[0011] 通信单元,其通过使用构成传输路径的具体线来进行双向通信; [0011] a communication unit that performs bidirectional communication line by using a specific configuration of the transmission path;

[0012] 视频信号存储单元,其存储可以通过使用信号发送单元向外部设备发送的各个视频信号; [0012] The video signal storage means for storing the respective video signals can be transmitted to the external device by using the signal transmission unit;

[0013] 附加信息存储单元,其存储关于在所述视频信号存储单元中存储的各个视频信号的附加信息;以及 [0013] The additional information storage unit that stores additional information about the respective video signals stored in said video signal storage means; and

[0014] 通信控制单元,其以如下方式进行控制:通过使用通信单元向外部设备发送关于在所述附加信息存储单元中存储的各个视频信号的附加信息。 [0014] The communication control unit which performs control in the following manner: send additional information about the respective video signals stored in the additional information storage unit to the external device by using the communication unit.

[0015] 根据本发明的发送设备包括通过使用多个信道的传输路径向外部设备发送视频信号作为差分信号的信号发送单元。 [0015] The transmitting apparatus according to the present invention includes transmitting the video signal to an external device via a transmission path using a plurality of channels as a signal transmitting unit differential signals. 该发送设备例如是HDMI源设备。 The sending device, for example, an HDMI source device. 在本发明中,提供通过使用构成传输信道的具体线来进行双向通信的通信单元。 In the present invention, there is provided a communication unit to perform bidirectional communication line by using specific configuration of the transmission channel. 通过使用该通信单元,向外部设备发送可以向外部设备发送的关于各个视频信号的附加信息。 By using the communication unit transmits the additional information about the respective video signals can be transmitted to the external device to the external device.

[0016] 在此,附加信息是文本信息或图像信息、或文本信息和图像信息。 [0016] Here, the additional information is text information or image information, or text information and image information. 另外,在例如通信单元接收对于从外部设备发送的附加信息的发送请求的情况下,进行向外部设备的附加信息的发送。 Further, in a case where, for example, the communication unit receives a transmission request for the additional information transmitted from the external device, transmits additional information to the external device.

[0017] 在通过使用通信单元向上述外部设备发送关于各个视频信号的附加信息的情况下,例如,从外部设备接收对于附加信息的发送请求,立即向外部设备供应关于各个视频信号的附加信息。 [0017] Under by transmitting additional information about the respective video signal to the external apparatus using the communication unit, for example, an external device receiving a transmission request for additional information, immediately supply additional information about the respective video signal to an external device. 因此,在外部设备侧上平滑地显示关于各个视频信号的附加信息,且改进由用户进行的选择操作的性能。 Therefore, smooth display additional information about the respective video signals, and improve the performance of the selection operation performed by the user on the external device side.

[0018] 另外,在本发明中,例如,通信控制单元可以进一步以如下方式控制,当通信单元接收从外部设备发送的关于具体视频信号的选择信息时,通过使用信号发送单元向外部设备发送在所述视频信号存储单元中存储的视频信号中对应于选择信息的视频信号。 [0018] Further, in the present invention, for example, the communication control unit may further be controlled as follows, when the communication unit receives the selection information about the particular video signal transmitted from the external apparatus, transmitting to the external device by using the signal transmission unit the video signal of the video signal stored in the storage means corresponding to the video signal selection information. 在这种例子中,在外部设备侧选择具体视频信号的情况下,立即向发送设备供应关于具体视频信号的选择信息,且可以从发送设备向外部设备发送对应于选择信息的视频信号。 In such an example, the case of selecting the video signal in a particular side of the external device, immediately supply selection information with respect to a particular video signal transmission device, and may transmit the video signal corresponding to the selection information to the external device from the transmission device. 因此,外部设备侧能够立即使得在图像显示器中反映由用户对视频信号进行的选择操作。 Accordingly, the external device side can be reflected immediately so that the video signal selection operation performed by the user in the image display. 因此,改进由用户进行的操作的性能。 Hence, an improved performance of the operation performed by the user.

[0019] 另外,本发明的概念在于一种接收设备,其特征在于包括: [0019] Further, the concept of the present invention lies in a receiving apparatus, comprising:

[0020]信号接收单元,其通过使用多个信道的传输路径来从外部设备接收视频信号作为差分信号; [0020] The signal receiving unit that receives a video signal from an external device through a transmission path using a plurality of channels as a differential signal;

[0021] 通信单元,其通过使用构成传输路径的具体线来进行双向通信; [0021] a communication unit that performs bidirectional communication line by using a specific configuration of the transmission path;

[0022] 图像显示单元,其处理在信号接收单元处接收的视频信号来显示图像;以及 [0022] The image display unit, which processes the video signal received at the signal receiving unit to display an image; and

[0023] 附加信息显示单元,其当通信单元接收可以从外部设备发送的关于各个视频信号的附加信息时显示关于各个视频信号的附加信息,其中,所述附加信息从外部设备发送。 [0023] The additional information display unit may display when the communication unit receives additional information about the respective video signal when the additional information about the respective video signals transmitted from the external apparatus, wherein the additional information transmitted from the external device.

[0024] 根据本发明的接收设备包括通过使用多个信道的传输路径从外部设备发送的视频信号作为差分信号的信号接收单元。 [0024] The receiving apparatus according to the present invention by using the transmission path comprises a plurality of channels from the video signal transmitted from an external apparatus as the signal receiving unit is a differential signal. 该接收单元例如是HDMI接收器设备。 The HDMI receiving unit, for example, a receiver device. 在本发明中,提供通过使用构成传输路径的具体线进行双向通信的通信单元。 In the present invention, there is provided a communication means for bidirectional communication through the use of specific line constituting the transmission path. 通过使用通信单元,可以接收可以从外部设备发送的、关于各个视频信号的附加信息,且进行附加信息的显示。 Can be transmitted from the external device by using a communication unit, you may receive additional information about the respective video signal, and displaying the additional information.

[0025] 在此,附加信息是文本信息或图像信息、或文本信息和图像信息。 [0025] Here, the additional information is text information or image information, or text information and image information. 另外,例如,通过使用通信单元向外部设备发送对于关于各个视频信号的附加信息的发送请求。 Further, for example, send a request for additional information about the respective video signal by transmitting to the external apparatus using the communication unit.

[0026] 在通信单元接收关于上述各个视频信号的附加信息并且例如向外部设备发送了对于附加信息的发送请求的情况下,可以立即从外部设备接收关于各个视频信号的附加信息。 [0026] Additional information regarding the above-described receiving respective video signals in a communication unit, for example, and transmits transmission request for the case where the additional information, and may receive additional information about the respective video signals from the external device immediately to an external device. 因此,可以平滑地显示关于各个视频信号的附加信息,且可以改进由用户对视频信号的选择操作的性能。 Thus, it is possible to smoothly display additional information about the respective video signals, and may improve the performance of the video signal by a user selection operation.

[0027] 另外,在本发明中,例如,可以进一步提供用户操作单元,其允许用户根据在附加信息显示单元上显示的关于各个视频信号的附加信息来选择具体视频信号;以及通信控制单元,其以如下方式进行控制:通过使用通信单元向外部设备发送由用户操作单元选择的关于具体视频信号的选择信息。 [0027] Further, in the present invention, for example, may be further provided a user operation unit which allow the user to select a particular video signal based on the additional information about the respective video signal is displayed on the additional information display unit; and a communication control unit, which It is controlled in the following manner: the selection information about the particular video signal by transmitting to the external apparatus using the communication unit selected by the user operation unit. 在该例子中,在用户选择了具体视频信号的情况下,立即向外部设备供应关于具体视频信号的选择信息,且可以从外部设备向接收设备发送对应于选择信息的视频信号。 In this example case, the user selects a particular video signal, the selection information on particular immediately supply a video signal to an external device, and may transmit the selection information corresponding to the video signal from the external device to the receiving device. 因此,可以立即在图像显示器中反映由用户对视频信号的选择操作,且可以改进由用户进行的操作的性能。 Thus, the operation can be reflected on the video signal selected by a user to immediately display the image, and can improve the performance operation performed by the user.

[0028] 有益效果 [0028] beneficial effects

[0029] 根据本发明通过使用双向通信单元向外部设备发送可以从外部设备发送的关于各个视频信号的附加信息,可以在外部设备侧上平滑地显示关于各个视频信号的附加信息,且可以改进由用户对视频信号的选择操作的性能。 [0029] According to the present invention transmits to an external device by using the bidirectional communication unit may be, may display additional information about the respective video signals on the device side of the externally smooth additional information of the external apparatus transmitted on respective video signals from, and may be improved by the performance of the user of the video signal selection operation. 另外,根据本发明,通过使用双向通信单元从外部设备接收可以从外部设备发送的关于各个视频信号的附加信息,可以平滑地显示关于各个视频信号的附加信息,且可以改进由用户对视频信号的选择操作的性能。 Further, according to the present invention, it can be smoothly display additional information about the respective video signal, additional information about the respective video signals of the external apparatus transmitted from by receiving from an external device using the bidirectional communication means, and may be improved by a user of the video signal selection performance operation.

附图说明 BRIEF DESCRIPTION

[0030] 图1是示出根据本发明的实施例的AV系统的配置的例子的方框图。 [0030] FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the AV system of an embodiment of the present invention.

[0031] 图2是示出构成AV系统的视频摄像机记录器(源设备)的配置的例子的方框图。 [0031] FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating a video camera recorder (source device) constituting the AV system configuration of an example.

[0032] 图3是示出构成AV系统的电视接收机(接收器设备)的配置的例子的方框图。 [0032] FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the AV system configuration of a television receiver (receiver device) is an example.

[0033] 图4是示出HDMI发送单元(HDMI源)和HDMI接收单元(HDMI接收器)的配置的例子的方框图。 [0033] FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing an example of a configuration of the HDMI transmitting unit (HDMI source) and an HDMI receiving unit (HDMI receiver).

[0034] 图5是示出HDMI发射器和HDMI接收机的配置的例子的方框图。 [0034] FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the configuration of an HDMI transmitter and an HDMI receiver an example.

[0035] 图6是示出TMDS发送数据的结构的图示。 [0035] FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a structure of TMDS transmission data.

[0036] 图7是示出HDMI端的管脚布置(类型A)的图示。 [0036] FIG. 7 is a diagram showing the pin arrangement of HDMI terminals (type A) of.

[0037] 图8是示出通过CEC信道而发送的数据的块结构的图示。 [0037] FIG. 8 is a diagram showing a block structure of data transmitted through a CEC channel.

[0038] 图9是示出头块的数据结构的例子的图示。 [0038] FIG. 9 is an example illustrating a data structure of a head block.

[0039] 图10是示出根据各个设备的类型而设置的逻辑地址的例子的图示。 [0039] FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an example of a logical address according to the device type of each set of icon.

[0040] 图11是示出命令数据的结构的例子的图示。 [0040] FIG. 11 is an example illustrating a structure of a command data.

[0041] 图12是示出当发送缩略图数据时的头的数据结构的例子的图示。 [0041] FIG. 12 is a view showing an example of a data structure of a header when the thumbnail image data transmitted illustration.

[0042] 图13是用于说明通过HDMI电缆在视频摄像机记录器的HDMI端和电视接收机的HDMI端之间进行的数据发送的例子的序列图。 [0042] FIG. 13 is a sequence diagram showing an example of data transmitted between the HDMI terminal of the video camera recorder and a television receiver of the HDMI terminals via the HDMI cable to be described.

[0043] 图14是用于说明缩略图数据的发送的例子的图示。 [0043] FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating an example of the thumbnail image data transmitted.

[0044] 图15是示出在接收器设备上的内容显示例子的图示。 [0044] FIG. 15 is a diagram showing the contents of the receiver on a display device of the illustrated example.

[0045] 图16是示出根据本发明的另一实施例的AV系统的配置的例子的方框图。 [0045] FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a configuration of the AV system according to another embodiment of the present invention is an example.

[0046] 图17是示出构成该AV系统的视频摄像机记录器(源设备)的配置的例子的方框图。 [0046] FIG. 17 is a block diagram of an example of the configuration of the AV system configuration of a video camera recorder (source device) is shown.

[0047] 图18是示出构成AV系统的电视接收机(接收器设备)的配置的例子的方框图。 [0047] FIG. 18 is a block diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of the AV system configuration of a television receiver (receiver apparatus) FIG.

[0048] 图19是示出视频摄像机记录器和电视接收机的高速数据线接口的配置的例子的连接图。 [0048] FIG. 19 is a connection diagram showing a configuration of a television receiver and a recording speed data line interface of an example of a video camera.

[0049] 图20是示出通过高速数据线而发送的控制命令的数据结构的例子的图示。 [0049] FIG. 20 is a diagram illustrating a data structure of a control command is transmitted through an example of high-speed data line.

[0050] 图21是示出控制命令和用于控制序列的发送附加信息的定义的图示。 [0050] FIG. 21 is a diagram for illustrating a control command and transmits the additional information to define the control sequences.

[0051 ] 图22是用于说明通过HDMI电缆在视频摄像机记录器的HDMI端和电视接收机的HDMI端之间进行的数据发送的例子的序列图。 [0051] FIG. 22 is a sequence diagram for explaining the transmission of data between the HDMI terminal HDMI terminal video camera recorder and a television receiver via an HDMI cable example.

[0052] 图23是示出视频摄像机记录器和电视接收机的高速数据线接口的配置的例子的连接图。 [0052] FIG. 23 is a connection diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of a video camera recorder and the television receiver speed data line interface. [0053] 图24是示出视频摄像机记录器和电视接收机的高速数据线接口的配置的另一例子的连接图。 [0053] FIG. 24 is a connection diagram illustrating another example of the configuration of a video camera recorder and the television receiver speed data line interface.

[0054] 图25是示出由源设备接收的E-EDID的结构的图示。 [0054] FIG. 25 is a diagram showing a structure of E-EDID received by the source device.

[0055] 图26是示出E-EDID厂商具体数据块的结构的图示。 [0055] FIG. 26 is a diagram showing the structure of E-EDID vendor-specific data block.

[0056] 图27是用于说明由源设备进行的通信过程的流程图。 [0056] FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing a communication process performed by the source device. FIG.

[0057] 图28是用于说明由接收器设备进行的通信过程的流程图。 [0057] FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing a communication process performed by the receiver device for explaining.

[0058] 图29是用于说明由源设备进行的图像处理的流程图。 [0058] FIG. 29 is a flowchart of image processing performed by the source device. FIG.

[0059] 图30是用于说明由接收器设备进行的通信过程的流程图。 [0059] FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing a communication process performed by the receiver device for explaining.

[0060] 图31是示出视频摄像机记录器和电视接收机的高速数据线接口的配置的另一例子的连接图。 [0060] FIG. 31 is a connection diagram illustrating another example of the configuration of a video camera recorder and the television receiver speed data line interface.

[0061] 图32是用于说明由源设备进行的图像处理的流程图。 [0061] FIG. 32 is a flowchart of image processing performed by the source device. FIG.

[0062] 图33是用于说明由接收器设备进行的通信过程的流程图。 [0062] FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing a communication process performed by the receiver device for explaining.

[0063] 图34是示出本发明所应用的计算机的配置的例子的方框图。 [0063] FIG. 34 is a block diagram illustrating the configuration of the computer according to the present invention is applied to an example.

[0064] 图35是示出视频摄像机记录器和电视接收机的高速数据线接口的配置的再一例子的连接图。 [0064] FIG. 35 is a connection diagram of another example of a configuration of an video camera recorder and the television receiver speed data line interface.

[0065] 图36包括示出双向通信波形的图示。 [0065] FIG 36 includes diagrams illustrating bidirectional communication waveforms.

[0066] 附图标记说明 [0066] REFERENCE NUMERALS

[0067] IHDMI电缆,5和5V,AV系统,10和IOA视频摄像机记录器,11成像器,12成像器驱动器,13成像信号处理电路,14摄像机控制CPU,15静态图像信号处理电路,16运动图像信号处理电路,17存储器卡,18记录/回放电路,19记录介质,20系统控制CPU,21闪存ROM, 22SDRAM, 24麦克风,25音频信号处理电路,26LCD控制器,27LCD面板,28HDMI发送单元(HDMI源),28A高速数据线接口,29HDMI端,30和30A电视接收机,3IHDMI端,32HDMI接收单元(HDMI接收器),32A高速数据线接口,35天线端,36数字调谐器,37解复用器,38MPEG解码器,39视频信号处理电路,40图形生成电路,41面板驱动电路,42显示面板,43音频信号处理电路,44音频放大电路,45扬声器,50内部总线,51CPU,52闪存ROM,53DRAM,54以太网接口,55网络端,56遥控接收单元,57遥控发射器,81发射器,82接收机,83DDC,84CEC线,85EDID ROM,88 反向 [0067] IHDMI cable 5 and 5V, AV system 10 and the IOA video camera recorder, 11 imager, 12 an imaging driver, 13 an imaging signal processing circuit 14 camera control CPU, 15 a still image signal processing circuit 16 motion image signal processing circuit, the memory card 17, 18 the recording / playback circuit, a recording medium 19, the system controller 20 CPU, 21 a flash ROM, 22SDRAM, 24 a microphone, an audio signal processing circuit 25, 26LCD controller, 27LCD panel, 28HDMI transmission unit ( HDMI source), a high-speed data line interface. 28A, 29HDMI ends 30 and 30A of the television receiver, 3IHDMI end, 32HDMI receiving unit (HDMI receivers), high-speed data line interface. 32A, an antenna terminal 35, a digital tuner 36, a demultiplexer 37 Appliances, 38MPEG decoder, video signal processing circuit 39, pattern generating circuit 40, a panel drive circuit 41, a display panel 42, an audio signal processing circuit 43, an audio amplifier circuit 44, a speaker 45, an internal bus 50, 51CPU, 52 flash ROM , 53DRAM, 54 Ethernet interface, the network 55, a remote control receiving unit 56, the remote control transmitter 57, transmitter 81, receiver 82, 83DDC, 84CEC line, 85EDID ROM, 88 reverse

具体实施方式 Detailed ways

[0068] 此后,将参考附图来说明本发明的实施例。 [0068] Hereinafter, embodiments will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings of embodiments of the present invention. 图1示出了根据实施例的AV(音频视频)系统5的配置的例子。 FIG 1 shows an example of a configuration (Audio Visual) system 5 according to an embodiment of the AV.

[0069] AV系统5包括作为源设备的视频摄像机记录器10和作为接收器设备的电视接收机30。 [0069] AV system 5 includes a source device 10 of the video camera recorder 30 and the television receiver as a receiver device. 视频摄像机记录器10和电视接收机30通过HDMI电缆I连接。 Video camera recorder 10 and the television receiver 30 I is connected via an HDMI cable. 在视频摄像机记录器10中提供连接了HDMI发送单元(HDMI TX) 28的HDMI端29。 In the video camera recorder 10 provides the HDMI transmitting unit (HDMI TX) HDMI 28 end 29. 在电视接收机30中提供连接了HDMI接收单元(HDMI RX) 32的HDMI端31。 In the television receiver 30 is provided in the HDMI receiving unit (HDMI RX) HDMI 32 end 31. HDMI电缆I的一端被连接到视频摄像机记录器10的HDMI端29,且HDMI电缆I的另一端被连接到电视接收机30的HDMI端31。 I HDMI end of the HDMI cable is connected to the video camera recorder 10 to end 29, and the other end of the HDMI cable connected to the HDMI I is the end 31 of the television receiver 30.

[0070] 图2示出了视频摄像机记录器10的配置。 [0070] FIG. 2 shows the configuration of the video camera recorder 10. 视频摄像机记录器10包括成像器11、成像器驱动器12、成像信号处理电路13、摄像机控制CPU 14、静态图像信号处理电路15、运动图像信号处理电路16、存储器卡17、记录/回放电路18、记录介质19、系统控制CPU(中央处理单元)20、闪存ROM (只读存储器)21、SDRAM (同步动态随机存取存储器)22、键盘23、麦克风24、音频信号处理电路25、IXD控制器26、IXD面板27、HDMI发送单元28和HDMI端29。 Video camera recorder 10 includes an imager 11, an imaging device driver 12, the imaging signal processing circuit 13, camera control CPU 14, the still image signal processing circuit 15, the motion image signal processing circuit 16, a memory card 17, the recording / playback circuit 18, recording medium 19, the system control CPU (central processing unit) 20, a flash ROM (Read Only memory) 21, SDRAM (synchronous dynamic random access memory) 22, a keyboard 23, a microphone 24, an audio signal processing circuit 25, IXD controller 26 , IXD panel 27, HDMI transmitting unit 28 and the HDMI terminal 29.

[0071 ] 成像器11例如由C-MOS成像元件或CXD成像元件组成。 [0071] The imager 11, for example, a C-MOS imaging elements or imaging elements CXD. 成像器驱动器12驱动该成像器11。 Imaging driver 12 drives the imager 11. 成像信号处理电路13处理由成像器11获取的成像信号,以生成对应于对象的图像数据(捕获图像数据)。 Imaging signal processing circuit 13 processes the imaging signal acquired by the imaging device 11 to generate image data corresponding to the object (captured image data). 摄像机控制CPU 14控制成像器驱动器12和成像信号处理电路13的操作。 The camera control CPU 14 controls the imager driver 12 and the imaging signal processing circuit 13 to operate.

[0072] 在捕获静态图像时,静态图像信号处理电路15对由成像信号处理电路13获取的图像数据进行基于例如JPEG(联合图像专家组)方法的压缩和编码处理,以生成静态图像数据。 [0072] When capturing a still image, the still image signal processing circuit 15 on the image data acquired by the imaging signal processing circuit 13 performs processing based on, for example, JPEG compression and encoding method (Joint Photographic Experts Group), in order to generate still image data. 然后,静态图像信号处理电路15将所生成的静态图像数据写入存储器卡17,或通过系统控制CPU 20将所生成的静态图像数据写入闪存ROM 21。 Then, the still image signal processing circuit 15 supplies the generated still image data into the memory card 17, or the CPU 20 via the system controlling the generated still image data is written to the flash ROM 21.

[0073]另外,静态图像信号处理电路15生成作为稍后描述的、用于索引的静态图像数据的缩略图数据,并在存储器卡17中记录该缩略图数据。 [0073] Further, the thumbnail data of the still image data is still image signal processing circuit 15 to be described later generates, for indexing, and the thumbnail image data recorded in the memory card 17. 与在稍后描述的记录介质19中记录的每个视频信号相关联地生成缩略图,且该缩略图构成关于视频信号的附加信息(图像信息)。 Each video signal 19 is recorded to the recording medium, described later in association with generating a thumbnail, the thumbnail configuration and additional information on a video signal (image information). 从这个意义上,存储器卡17构成附加信息存储单元。 In this sense, the memory card 17 is composed of an additional information storage unit.

[0074] 音频信号处理电路25对由麦克风24获取的音频信号进行诸如A/D转换的处理,以获得与所捕获的图像数据相关联的音频数据。 [0074] The audio signal processing circuit 25 of the audio signal acquired by the microphone 24 performs processing such as A / D conversion to obtain audio data with the captured image data is associated. 在捕获运动图像时,运动图像信号处理电路16对由成像信号处理电路13获取的图像数据以及由音频信号处理电路25获取的音频数据进行诸如符合记录介质格式的压缩和编码的处理,以生成包括对其添加的音频数据的运动图像数据。 When capturing a moving image, the moving image signal processing circuit 16 on the image data acquired by the imaging signal processing circuit 13 and the audio data from the audio signal processing circuit acquired 25 for processing such as compliance compressed and coded recording medium format, to produce comprising moving image data of its audio data added.

[0075] 在捕获运动图像时,记录/回放电路18在所加载的记录介质19上记录了通过运动图像信号处理电路16生成的运动图像数据,作为运动图像的视频信号。 [0075] When moving image is captured, the recording / playback circuit 18 on the recording medium 19 loaded in the moving image data recorded by the motion image signal processing circuit 16 generated video signal as a moving image. 从这个意义上,记录介质19构成了视频信号存储单元。 In this sense, the recording medium 19 form a video signal storage unit. 记录介质19可以构成用于作为稍后描述的索引静态图像数据的缩略图的附加信息存储单元。 The recording medium 19 may be configured for the additional information storage unit thumbnail index still image data as later described. 另外,在回放运动图像时,记录/回放电路18从记录介质35读取运动图像数据,并进行解码处理等来获得回放图像数据。 Further, at the time of playback of a moving picture, a recording / playback circuit 18 to playback image data is obtained from the recording medium 35 reads the moving image data, and decoding processing.

[0076] 例如,作为记录介质19,可以使用光盘、硬盘、磁带、半导体存储器等。 [0076] For example, as the recording medium 19, you can use disks, hard disks, magnetic tape, semiconductor memory. 另外,在记录介质19中,对于所记录的视频信号的每个单元,可以记录附加信息(文本信息)、诸如标题、所记录的(所捕获的)日期和时间、所记录的时间段、记录模式和由用户输入的评论。 Further, in the recording medium 19, for each unit of the recorded video signal can be recorded additional information (text information), such as a title, the recording date and time (captured), the time period recorded, the recording mode and comments entered by the user. 在此,视频信号的单元意味着在从拍摄开始到拍摄结束的一个时间段期间记录的一个场景的视频信号、在相同日期记录的视频信号、由编辑而创建的一系列视频信号等。 Here, the unit means that the video signal in the video signal from the shooting start to a scene recorded during a period of time ending the shooting of the video signal recorded on the same date, a series of video signals created by the editor.

[0077] 注意,在该实施例中,在必要时,在记录介质19中记录的运动图像的视频信号被称为视频内容。 [0077] Note that, in this embodiment, if necessary, is referred to as the video content in the video signal of a moving image recorded on the recording medium 19. 在该情况下,由上述视频信号的单元构成一段视频内容。 In this case, a piece of video content of said video signal by the unit.

[0078] IXD控制器26驱动IXD (液晶显示器)面板27,并基于从成像信号处理电路13输出的图像数据或由记录/回放电路18生成的回放图像数据,在IXD面板27上显示捕获的图像(运动图像)或回放图像(运动图像)。 Driver [0078] 26 is IXD IXD controller (liquid crystal display) panel 27, and 13 based on the image data outputted from the imaging signal processing circuit or the playback image data generated by the recording / playback circuit 18, displayed on the captured image panel 27 IXD (moving image) or playback image (moving image). 另外,IXD控制器26驱动IXD27,并基于从存储器卡17等获取的回放图像数据来在LCD面板27上显示回放图像(静态图像)。 Further, IXD drive controller 26 IXD27, and based on the playback image data acquired from the memory card 17 or the like to display the playback image (still image) on the LCD panel 27.

[0079] 系统控制CPU 20控制静态图像信号处理电路15、运动图像信号处理电路16、记录/回放电路18等的操作。 [0079] The CPU 20 controls operation of the system still image signal processing circuit 15, the motion image signal processing circuit 16, a recording / playback circuit 18 controls the like. 闪存R0M21、SDRAM 22、和键盘23被连接到系统控制CPU 20。 Flash R0M21, SDRAM 22, and a keyboard 23 is connected to the system control CPU 20. 闪存ROM 21存储用于系统控制CPU 20的控制程序等。 A flash ROM 21 stores a system control program of the CPU 20 and the like. 另外,SDRAM 22被用于对由系统控制CPU 20进行的控制处理所需的数据的暂时存储等。 Further, SDRAM 22 is used to temporarily store data necessary for control processing by the system control CPU 20 and the like. 另外,闪存ROM 21或SDRAM 22存储稍后描述的内容列表的数据。 Further, the flash ROM 21 or the SDRAM 22 stores the content list data later described. 注意,可以在闪存ROM 21或SDRAM 22中存储、而不是在上述存储器卡17中存储缩略图图像数据。 Note that, in the flash ROM 21 or may be stored in the SDRAM 22, 17 instead of the thumbnail image data stored in the memory card.

[0080] 键盘23构成了用户操作单元。 [0080] The keypad 23 constitutes a user operation unit. 系统控制CPU 20确定键盘23的操作状态,且控制视频摄像机记录器10的操作。 The system control CPU 20 determines the operating state of the keyboard 23, and controls the operation of the video camera recorder 10. 用户能够进行用于输入各种附加信息等的操作以及图像捕获(记录)操作和回放操作。 And the user can operate the image capturing (recording) operation and a playback operation for inputting various additional information and the like.

[0081] 系统控制CPU 20基于在记录介质19中的所记录的附加信息(文本信息或图像信息)以及各段视频内容(各个视频信号)来创建内容列表,这是各段视频内容的数据,并在闪存ROM 21或SDRAM 22中存储内容列表。 [0081] The system control CPU 20 creates a content list based on the additional information (text information or image information) in the recording medium 19 is recorded as well as the pieces of video content (the respective video signals), which is the data of each segment of the video content, and the content list stored in the flash ROM 21 or the SDRAM 22. 从这个意义上,闪存ROM 21或SDRAM 22构成了附加信息存储单元。 In this sense, the flash ROM 21 or the SDRAM 22 constituting an additional information storage unit. 静态图像信号处理电路15对于一段视频内容生成至少缩略图作为附加信息(图像信息)。 Still image signal processing circuit 15 for generating at least a piece of video content thumbnail image as the additional information (image information). 每个缩略图被提供了指示相对于一段视频内容的对应关系的ID。 Each thumbnail is provided with an indication to the corresponding relationship between ID piece of video content. 在从每段视频内容生成缩略图的情况下,可以应用已经传统知道的各种处理。 When generating thumbnails from each video content, it can be applied to various types of processing have traditionally been aware of. 例如,作为最容易的处理,进行通过使用每段视频内容的第一部分的图像数据来创建缩略图。 For example, the easiest process, performed to create thumbnail image data using a first portion of each video content. 可以在系统控制CPU 20的控制下在IXD面板27上显示上述所生成的内容列表和缩略图。 20 may be controlled under the control of the CPU in the system displaying the content list and the generated thumbnail image in the above-described panel 27 IXD.

[0082] HDMI发送单元(HDMI源)28根据符合HDMI的通信从HDMI段29向HDMI电缆I (图2中未示出)发送基带图像(视频)和音频数据。 [0082] HDMI transmitting unit (HDMI source) 28 communication conforming to HDMI from the HDMI transmission baseband image section 29 to the HDMI cable I (not shown in FIG. 2) (video) and audio data. 稍后将描述HDMI发送单元28的细节。 Details of the HDMI transmitting unit 28 will be described later.

[0083] 将简要地说明图2所示的视频摄像机记录器10的操作。 [0083] will be briefly described video camera recorder 10 shown in FIG. 2 in operation.

[0084] 由成像器11捕获的成像信号被供应到成像信号处理电路13,并被处理,且从成像信号处理电路13获取对应于对象的图像数据(捕获图像数据)。 [0084] is supplied from the imaging signal captured by the imager 11 in the imaging signal processing circuit 13, and processing corresponding to the object and acquires image data (captured image data) from the imaging signal processing circuit 13. 在捕获静态图像时,静态图像信号处理电路15对从成像信号处理电路13输出的图像数据进行压缩和编码处理,以生成静态图像数据。 When capturing a still image, the still image signal processing circuit 15 from the image data 13 output from the imaging signal processing circuit for compressing and encoding processing to generate still image data. 在存储器卡17等中记录静态图像数据。 Still image data recorded in the memory card 17 or the like.

[0085] 另外,在捕获运动图像时,运动图像信号处理电路16对从成像信号处理电路13输出的图像数据以及从音频信号处理电路25输出的音频数据进行诸如符合记录介质格式的压缩和编码的处理,以生成包括向其添加的音频数据的运动图像数据。 [0085] Further, when capturing a moving image, the moving image signal processing circuit 16 performs image data, the imaging signal processing circuit 13 and the audio data from the audio signal processing circuit 25 outputs from such as compliance compressed and coded recording medium format process to generate moving image data comprising audio data added thereto is. 通过使用记录/回放电路18在记录介质19上记录运动图像数据。 By using a recording / playback circuit 18 in the moving image data recording medium 19.

[0086] 对于被记录的每个单元的视频信号,根据由用户对键盘23的操作,在记录介质19中记录诸如标题、记录(捕获)日期和时间、记录时间段、记录模式和评论的附加信息(文本信息)。 [0086] For each cell of the video signal is recorded, in accordance with, such as a title recorded in the recording medium 19 by the user's operation of the keyboard 23, the recording (capturing) the date and time, recording time, recording mode, and an additional comment information (text message). 然后,由系统控制CPU 20基于关于各段视频内容(各个视频信号)的附加信息(文本信息或图像信息),创建作为各段视频内容的数据的内容列表,且在闪存ROM 21或SDRAM 22中存储内容列表。 Then, by the system control CPU 20 based on additional information regarding each segment of video content (the respective video signals) (text information or image information), create a content list data in each segment of video content, and the flash ROM 21 or the SDRAM 22 storage content list. 每次在记录介质19中记录视频信号的新单元时添加并更新内容列表。 Each addition and update the content list when the recording medium 19 in the recording unit the new video signal.

[0087] 另外,每次在记录介质19中记录视频信号的新单元时,静态图像信号处理电路15生成缩略图,且在存储器卡17等中记录缩略图。 [0087] Further, each time a new recording medium 19 in the recording unit of the video signal, the still image signal processing circuit 15 generates a thumbnail and records the thumbnail memory card 17 or the like. 当在电视接收机30上显示内容列表时使用上述内容列表和缩略图,以便用户可以选择特定段的视频内容,如稍后所述。 When using the content list displayed on the television receiver 30 in the content list and thumbnails, the user can select a particular segment of the video content, as described later.

[0088] 在回放静态图像时,从存储器卡17等记录静态图像数据,且静态图像信号处理电路15进行诸如解码的处理以获得回放图像数据。 [0088] When playing back a still image, the memory card 17 and the like from a recording still image data, and the still image signal processing circuit 15 performs processing such as decoding to obtain playback image data. 通过系统控制CPU20和运动图像信号处理电路16向IXD控制器26供应回放图像数据,且在IXD面板27上显示静态图像。 IXD playback image data supplied to the controller 26 through the system control CPU20 and the moving image signal processing circuit 16, and the still image is displayed on the panel 27 IXD.

[0089] 在回放运动图像时,通过使用记录/回放电路18从记录介质19读取运动图像数据,且运动图像信号处理电路16进行诸如解码的处理以获得回放图像数据。 [0089] When playback of a moving image by using a recording / playback circuit 18 from the recording medium 19 reads the moving image data and the motion image signal processing circuit 16 performs processing such as decoding to obtain playback image data. 向IXD控制器26供应回放图像数据,并在LCD面板27上显示运动图像。 IXD playback image data supplied to the controller 26, and displays the moving image on the LCD panel 27.

[0090] 在向电视接收机30发送关于在记录介质19中记录的运动图像数据的视频和音频数据的情况下,从记录介质19读取并向运动图像信号处理电路16供应运动图像数据,对运动图像数据进行诸如解码的处理,且获得基带图像和音频数据。 [0090] In the case of transmitting video and audio data regarding the moving image data recorded in the recording medium 19 to the television receiver 30, is read from the recording medium 19 to the video signal processing circuit 16 supplies the moving image data, moving image data such as a decoding process, and obtains a baseband image and audio data. 然后,向HDMI发送单元28供应基带图像和音频数据,并将其通过被连接到HDMI端29的HDMI电缆I向电视接收机30发送。 Then, 28 supply the baseband image and audio data to the HDMI transmitting unit, and transmits it to the television receiver 30 is connected via the HDMI cable to the HDMI terminal of I 29.

[0091] 被连接到HDMI端29的电缆I被提供用于控制数据的传输线(传输路径),以及用于视频数据的传输线(传输路径)。 [0091] The end of the cable is connected to the HDMI I 29 is provided a transmission line (transmission path) for the control data, and a transmission line (transmission path) of video data. 控制数据的传输线具有允许以双向方式进行数据发送的配置。 A transmission line having control data configured to allow data transmission in a bidirectional manner. 因此,HDMI发送单元28具有发送和接收控制数据的功能,以及发送视频信号的功能。 Therefore, HDMI transmitting unit 28 has a function of transmitting and receiving control data, and a transmission function of a video signal. 由HDMI发送单元28接收的控制数据被供应到系统控制CPU 20。 Control data received by the HDMI transmitting unit 28 is supplied to the system control CPU 20. 另外,从系统控制CPU 20供应从HDMI发送单元28发送的控制数据。 Further, from the system control CPU 20 supplies the control data to the HDMI transmitting unit 28 transmitted from.

[0092] 在该实施例中,上述内容列表的数据是从HDMI发送单元28发送的多段控制数据之一。 [0092] In this embodiment, data of the content list is one of the multi-stage control unit 28 HDMI transmission data transmitted from. 系统控制CPU 20发送响应于来自电视接收机30的发送请求的内容列表的数据。 The system control CPU 20 transmits response data to a content list transmission request from the television receiver 30 of FIG. 当发送内容列表时,系统控制CPU 20还发送缩略图。 When transmitting the content list, the system control CPU 20 also transmits a thumbnail. 稍后将描述用于发送内容列表和缩略图的处理的细节。 It will be described later for sending a content list and details of the processing of thumbnails.

[0093] 图3示出了电视接收机30的配置的例子。 [0093] FIG. 3 shows an example of a configuration of a television receiver 30. 该电视接收机30包括HDMI端31、HDMI接收单元32、天线端35、数字调谐器36、解复用器37、MPEG (运动图像专家组)解码器38、视频信号处理电路39、图形生成电路40、面板驱动电路41、显示面板42、音频信号处理电路43、音频放大电路44、扬声器45、内部总线50、CPU 51、闪存ROM 52、DRAM(动态随机存取存储器)53、以太网接口(以太网I/F) 54、网络端55、遥控接收单元56、和遥控发射器57。 The television receiver 30 includes an HDMI terminal 31 is, HDMI receiving unit 32, an antenna terminal 35, a digital tuner 36, a demultiplexer 37, MPEG (Moving Picture Experts Group) decoder 38, a video signal processing circuit 39, a graphic generating circuit 40, the panel drive circuit 41, a display panel 42, an audio signal processing circuit 43, an audio amplifying circuit 44, a speaker 45, an internal bus 50, CPU 51, flash ROM 52, DRAM (dynamic random access memory) 53, an Ethernet interface ( Ethernet I / F) 54, the network 55, a remote control receiving unit 56, and a remote control transmitter 57. 注意日文的“以太网”和“以太网”是注册商标。 Note that the Japanese "Ethernet" and "Ethernet" is a registered trademark.

[0094] 天线端35是接收在接收天线(未示出)处接收的电视广播信号的端。 [0094] The antenna terminal 35 is received at the receiving antenna (not shown) at the end of the television broadcast signal received. 数字调谐器36处理被输入到天线端35的电视广播信号,并输出对应于由用户选择的频道的具体发送流。 The digital tuner 36 processes the television broadcast signal is input to the antenna terminal 35 and the output corresponding to the channel selected by the user specific transmission stream. 解复用器37从由数字调谐器36获得的发送流提取对应于用户所选的频道的部分TS (发送流)(视频数据的TS分组和音频数据的TS分组)。 The demultiplexer 37 corresponding to the extracted transmission stream obtained by the digital tuner 36 to the channel selected by a user partial TS (transmission stream) (TS packets of video data and TS packets of audio data).

[0095] 另外,解复用器37从由数字调谐器36获得的发送流提取PSI/SI (节目具体信息/服务信息),并向CPU 51输出该PSI/SI。 [0095] Further, the demultiplexer 37 extracts PSI / SI (Program Specific Information / Service Information) from the transmission stream obtained by the digital tuner 36, and outputs the PSI / SI CPU 51. 在由数字调谐器36获得的发送流中一起复用多个频道。 With a plurality of channels multiplexed in the transmission stream obtained by the digital tuner 36. 通过从PSI/SI(PAT/PMT)获得关于期望的频道的分组ID(PID)的信息来实现由解复用器37进行的、用于从发送流提取期望频道的部分TS的处理。 Is achieved by the demultiplexer 37 is performed by obtaining information regarding a desired channel packet ID (PID) from the PSI / SI (PAT / PMT), the processing for extracting the partial TS of a desired channel from the transmission.

[0096] MPEG解码器38对由解复用器37所获得的视频数据的TS分组构成的视频PES(分组基本流)分组进行解码处理,以获得视频数据。 Video PES (packetized elementary stream) [0096] MPEG decoder 38 the TS obtained by the demultiplexer 37 of the video data packets constituting the packet performs decoding processing to obtain the video data. 另外,MPEG解码器38对由解复用器37获得的音频数据的TS分组构成的音频PES分组进行解码处理,以获得音频数据。 Further, MPEG decoder 38 of the audio PES TS obtained by the demultiplexer 37 of the audio data packets constituting the packet decoding process to obtain audio data.

[0097] 视频信号处理电路39和图形生成电路40在必要时对由MPEG解码器38获得的视频数据进行多屏幕处理、图形数据叠加处理等。 [0097] The video signal processing circuit 39 and the pattern generating circuit 40 performs multi-screen processing on the video data obtained by the MPEG decoder 38, if necessary, a graphics data superimposing process and the like. 图形生成电路40创建例如稍后描述的内容列表等的用户界面屏幕。 The graphic generation circuit 40 to create content such as lists of user interface screens described later. 面板驱动电路41根据从图形生成电路40输出的视频数据来驱动显示面板42。 The panel drive circuit 41 generates the output video data from the graphic circuit 40 drives the display panel 42. 显示面板42例如由IXD(液晶显示器)、Η)Ρ(等离子显示面板)等构成。 For example, a display panel 42 IXD (liquid crystal display), Η) Ρ (plasma display panel) or the like. 音频信号处理电路43对由MPEG解码器38获得的音频数据进行必要的处理,诸如D/A转换。 The audio signal processing circuit 43 on the audio data obtained by the MPEG decoder 38 performs necessary processing such as D / A conversion. 音频放大电路44放大从音频信号处理电路43输出的音频信号,并向扬声器45供应放大的音频信号。 The audio amplifying circuit 44 amplifies the audio signal output from the audio signal processing circuit 43 from the speaker 45 to supply the amplified audio signal. [0098] CPU 51控制电视接收机30的每个单元的操作。 [0098] CPU 51 controls operation of each unit of the television receiver 30. 闪存ROM 52存储控制软件并保持数据。 A flash ROM 52 stores control software and holds data. DRAM 53形成CPU 51的工作区域。 DRAM 53 forms a work area of ​​the CPU 51. CPU 51向DRAM 53装载从闪存ROM 52读取的软件和数据,启动软件,并控制电视接收机30的每个单元。 DRAM 53 to the CPU 51 loading software and data read from the flash ROM 52, start the software, and controls each unit of the television receiver 30.

[0099] 遥控接收单元56接收从遥控发射器57发送的遥控信号(遥控代码),且向CPU 51供应遥控代码。 [0099] remote control reception unit 56 receives a remote control signal (remote control code) transmitted from the remote control transmitter 57, a remote control code and supplied to the CPU 51. CPU 51根据遥控代码来控制电视接收机30的每个单元。 CPU 51 controls each unit of the television receiver 30 according to the remote control code. 网络端55是被连接到网络且被连接到以太网接口54的端。 The network 55 is connected to the network and is connected to the end 54 of the Ethernet interface. CPU 51、闪存ROM 52,DRAM 53和以太网接口54被连接到内部总线50。 CPU 51, flash ROM 52, DRAM 53, and the Ethernet interface 54 is connected to an internal bus 50.

[0100] 另外,DRAM 53或闪存ROM 52存储从视频摄像机记录器10发送的各个视频信号的附加信息(内容列表和缩略图)。 [0100] Further, the additional information of the respective video signals DRAM 53 or flash ROM 52 stores transmitted from the video camera recorder 10 (the contents list and thumbnail). 如上所述,关于被存储在DRAM53或闪存ROM 52中的各个视频信号的附加信息在必要时被读取并被供应给图形生成电路40,且被用于创建其上显示了内容列表的用户界面屏幕。 As described above, the additional information about the respective video signals stored in the DRAM53 or flash the ROM 52 is read and supplied to the pattern generating circuit 40 when necessary, and is used to create a user interface which displays the content list screen.

[0101] HDMI接收单元(HDMI接收器)32根据符合HDMI的通信来接收通过HDMI电缆I向HDMI端31供应的基带视频(图像)和音频数据。 [0101] HDMI receiving unit (HDMI receiver) to receive a supply 32 to the HDMI terminal 31 through the HDMI cable I baseband video (image) and audio data in accordance with communication conforming to HDMI. 稍后将描述HDMI接收单元32的细节。 HDMI receiving unit 32 will be described later.

[0102] 将简要地说明图3所示的电视接收机30的操作。 [0102] will be briefly described the operation of the television receiver 30 shown in FIG.

[0103] 向数字调谐器36供应被输入到天线端35的电视广播信号。 [0103] supplied to the digital tuner 36 is input to the television broadcast signal the antenna terminal 35. 数字调谐器36处理电视广播信号,输出对应于由用户选择的频道的具体发送流,并向解复用器37供应具体发送流。 The digital tuner 36 processes the television broadcast signal, the transmission output corresponding to a particular stream of the channel selected by the user, transmitting specific supply stream 37 to the demultiplexer. 解复用器37从发送流提取对应于由用户选择的频道的部分TS(视频数据的TS分组和音频数据的TS分组),并向MPEG解码器38供应部分TS。 The demultiplexer 37 extracts from the transmission stream corresponding to the partial TS of the channel selected by the user (video data TS packet and audio data TS packet), the partial TS to the MPEG decoder 38 is supplied.

[0104] MPEG解码器38对由视频数据的TS分组构成的视频PES分组进行解码处理,以获得视频数据。 [0104] MPEG decoder 38 the TS packets of the video data constituting the video PES packet decoding processing to obtain video data. 在视频数据在必要时经过在视频信号处理电路39和图形生成电路40中的多屏幕处理、图形数据叠加处理等之后,处理的视频数据被供应到面板驱动电路41。 After generating circuit 40 is processed in the multi-screen video signal processing circuit 39, and when necessary, in video graphics data, graphics data superimposing process and the like, video data is supplied to the processing circuit 41 driving the panel. 因此,在显示面板42上显示对应于用户所选的频道的图像。 Thus, the channel corresponding to the user selected image is displayed on the display panel 42.

[0105] 另外,MPEG解码器38对由音频数据的TS分组构成的音频PES分组进行解码处理,以获得音频数据。 [0105] In addition, MPEG audio decoder 38 from the audio PES TS packets constituting the packet data decoding process to obtain audio data. 在音频数据经过在音频信号处理电路43中的诸如D/A转换的必要处理,且在音频放大电路44中进一步放大之后,音频数据被供应给扬声器45。 After the audio data is subjected to necessary processing in the audio signal processing circuit 43 such as a D / A conversion, and the audio amplification circuit 44 further amplified audio data is supplied to the speaker 45. 因此,从扬声器45输出对应于由用户选择的频道的声音。 Thus, the speaker 45 outputs sound corresponding to the channel selected by the user.

[0106] 另外,HDMI接收单元32获取从通过HDMI电缆I连接到HDMI端31的视频摄像机记录器10发送的视频(图像)数据和音频数据。 [0106] Further, HDMI receiving unit 32 acquires (image) data and audio data transmitted from the video I connected to the HDMI terminal 31 of the video camera recorder 10 via the HDMI cable. 该视频数据和音频数据被分别供应给视频信号处理电路39和音频信号处理电路43。 The video data and audio data are respectively supplied to the video signal processing circuit 39 and the audio signal processing circuit 43. 随后,进行与在前述接收电视广播信号时的操作类似的操作。 Subsequently, the operation at the time of receiving a television broadcast signal similar operation. 在显示面板42上显示图像,且从扬声器45输出声音。 The image displayed on the display panel 42, and outputs a sound from the speaker 45.

[0107] 如上所述,被连接到HDMI端31的HDMI电缆I被提供用于控制数据的传输线(传输路径),以及用于视频数据的传输线(传输路径)。 [0107] As described above, the HDMI cable connected to the HDMI terminal I 31 is supplied to the transmission line (transmission path) for the control data, and a transmission line (transmission path) of video data. 控制数据的传输线具有允许以双向方式进行数据发送的配置。 A transmission line having control data configured to allow data transmission in a bidirectional manner. 因此,HDMI接收单元32具有发送和接收控制数据的功能,以及接收视频信号的功能。 Therefore, HDMI receiving unit 32 has a function of transmitting and receiving control data, and a video signal receiving function. 由HDMI接收单元32接收的控制数据被供应给CPU 51。 Receiving control data received by the HDMI unit 32 is supplied to the CPU 51. 另外,从CPU51供应从HDMI接收单元32发送的控制数据。 Further, the supply receiving control data from the HDMI transmission unit 32 from the CPU51. 在该实施例中,上述内容列表的数据是由HDMI接收单元32接收的多段控制数据之一。 In this embodiment, the data of the content list is one of the receiving unit 32 receives the plurality of pieces of control by the HDMI data.

[0108] 图4示出了图1中的AV系统5中的视频摄像机记录器10的HDMI发送单元(HDMI源)28和电视接收机30的HDMI接收单元(HDMI接收器)32的配置的例子。 Example of the configuration [0108] FIG. 4 shows a HDMI transmitting unit (HDMI source) in FIG. 1 AV system 5 of the video camera recorder 10 and the television receiver 28 HDMI receiving unit 30 (HDMI receiver) 32 .

[0109] 在有效(effective)图像周期(此后,在必要时还被称为有效(active)视频周期)期间,这是通过从特定垂直同步信号向下一垂直同步信号的周期中消去水平消隐周期和垂直消隐周期而获得的周期,HDMI源28以单向方式通过多个信道向HDMI接收器32发送对应于一个屏幕的未压缩图像的像素数据的差分信号,且在水平消隐周期和垂直消隐周期期间,以单向方式通过多个信道向HDMI接收器32发送对应于至少与图像关联的音频数据、控制数据、其他辅助数据等的差分信号。 [0109] In the active (Effective) image period (hereinafter, referred to if necessary in the effective (active) video cycle) during this period by the elimination of certain vertical synchronizing signal to a next vertical synchronization signal in the horizontal blanking cycle period and vertical blanking period is obtained, HDMI source 28 transmits differential signals in a unidirectional manner uncompressed image pixel data corresponding to one screen to the HDMI receiver 32 through a plurality of channels, and the horizontal blanking period and during the vertical blanking period, in a unidirectional manner through a plurality of channels sent to the HDMI receiver 32 corresponding to at least audio data associated with the image, control data, other auxiliary data such as a differential signal.

[0110] 也就是说,HDMI源28包括发射器81。 [0110] That is, HDMI source 28 includes a transmitter 81. 例如,发射器81将未压缩图像的像素数据转换为对应的差分信号,并以单向方式通过三个TMDS信道、#0、#1和#2 (这是多个信道)向通过HDMI电缆I连接的HDMI接收器32串行地发送该差分信号。 For example, the transmitter 81 converts uncompressed pixel data of an image to corresponding differential signals, and a unidirectional manner through the three TMDS channels # 0, # 1 and # 2 (which is a plurality of channels) by the HDMI cable I the HDMI receiver 32 is connected serially transmits the differential signal.

[0111] 另外,发射器81将与未压缩图像相关的音频数据以及进一步的必要控制数据、其他辅助数据等转换为对应的差分信号,并以单向方式通过三个TMDS信道、#0、#1和#2向通过HDMI电缆I连接的HDMI接收器32串行地发送该差分信号。 [0111] Further, the transmitter 81 converts audio data associated non-image and further necessary control data compression, other auxiliary data and the like into corresponding differential signals, and a unidirectional manner through the three TMDS channels # 0, # 1 and # 2 by transmitting the differential signals to the HDMI cable connected to the I HDMI receiver 32 in series.

[0112] 另外,发射器81通过TMDS时钟信道向通过HDMI电缆I连接的HDMI接收器32发送像素时钟,该像素时钟与通过三个TMDS信道、#0、#1和#2发送的像素数据同步。 [0112] Further, the transmitter 81 to the HDMI cable I connected HDMI receiver 32 transmits a pixel clock through the TMDS clock channel, a pixel clock through the three TMDS channels, pixel data # 0, # 1 and # 2 transmits a synchronization . 在此,在一个像素时钟期间通过一个TMDS信道#i(i = 0、1、2)发送10比特像素数据。 Here, a TMDS channel #i (i = 0,1,2) 10-bit pixel data is transmitted during one pixel clock by.

[0113] HDMI接收器32在有源视频周期期间,通过多个信道从HDMI源28以单向方式接收被发送的对应于像素数据的差分信号,并在水平消隐周期或垂直消隐周期期间通过多个信道从HDMI源28以单向方式接收被发送的对应于音频数据和控制数据的差分信号。 [0113] HDMI receiver 32 during the active video period, the HDMI source 28 to be transmitted in a unidirectional manner from a received channel via a plurality of differential signals corresponding to pixel data, and during the horizontal blanking period or vertical blanking period corresponding to the audio data and control data transmitted by differential signals received HDMI source 28 through a unidirectional manner from the plurality of channels.

[0114] 也就是说,HDMI接收器32包括接收机82。 [0114] That is, HDMI receiver 32 includes a receiver 82. 接收机82与也通过TMDS时钟信道从HDMI源28发送的像素时钟同步地,通过TMDS信道#0、#1和#2从通过HDMI电缆I连接的HDMI源28,以单向方式接收被发送的对应于像素数据的差分信号和对应于音频数据和控制数据的差分信号。 The receiver 82 and the pixel clock also transmitted from the HDMI source 28 through the TMDS clock channel in synchronism, through the TMDS channels # 0, # 1 and # 2 from being transmitted through the HDMI cable I connected HDMI source 28, received in a unidirectional manner corresponding to the pixel data and a differential signal corresponding to audio data and control data of the differential signal.

[0115] 用于由HDMI源28和HDMI接收器32构成的HDMI系统的传输信道包括称为DDC (显示数据信道)83和CEC线84的传输信道、以及三个TMDS信道#0到#2作为通过其与像素时钟同步地以单向方式从HDMI源28向HDMI接收器32串行发送像素数据和音频数据的传输信道、和TMDS时钟信道作为通过其发送像素时钟的传输信道。 [0115] intended to include the transmission channels of the HDMI source 28 and the HDMI receiver 32 HDMI system is referred to as a DDC (Display Data Channel) 83 and a CEC line channel 84, and the three TMDS channels # 0 to # 2 as through which a unidirectional manner with the pixel clock 32 from the serial transmission of pixel data and audio data to the HDMI receiver transmission channels of the HDMI source 28, and a TMDS clock channel as a transmission pixel clock through which the transmission channel simultaneously.

[0116] DDC 83由未示出的被包括在HDMI电缆I中的两个信号线组成。 [0116] DDC 83 by a not-shown two signal lines included in the HDMI cable I is composed. 由HDMI源28使用DDC 83来从通过HDMI电缆I连接的HDMI接收器32读取E-EDID (增强扩展显示标识数据)。 By the HDMI source 28 using the DDC 83 from the HDMI I cable connected HDMI receiver 32 reads E-EDID (Enhanced Extended Display Identification Data).

[0117] 也就是说,HDMI接收器32包括存储E-EDID的EDID ROM(只读存储器)85以及HDMI接收机81,该EDID是关于HDMI接收器32本身的性能(配置/能力)的性能信息。 [0117] That is, the HDMI receiver 32 includes EDID storing E-EDID of a ROM (Read Only Memory) 85 and the HDMI receiver 81, EDID is the HDMI receiver 32 itself, the performance (configuration / capability) performance information about . HDMI源28通过DDC 83从通过HDMI电缆I连接的HDMI接收器32读取HDMI接收器32的E-EDID,并根据该E-EDID来标识HDMI接收器32的性能的设置,即例如由包括HDMI接收器32的电子设备支持的图像格式(简档&1'0打16)),诸如1^^、¥0304:4:4和¥0304:4:2。 HDMI source 28 through the HDMI cable through the DDC 83 from the HDMI receiver I connected HDMI receiver 32 reads E-EDID 32 and to identify the HDMI receiver 32 provided in accordance with the performance of the E-EDID, i.e. for example includes an HDMI receiver electronics 32 supports image format (profile & 1'0 play 16)), such as 1 ^^, ¥ 0304: 4: 4 and ¥ 0304: 4: 2.

[0118] CEC线84由未示出的被包括在HDMI电缆I中的单个信号线组成。 [0118] CEC line 84 is by an unillustrated single signal line consists of I in the HDMI cable. CEC线84用于在HDMI源28和HDMI接收器32之间进行的控制数据的双向通信。 The CEC line 84 for bi-directional communication between the HDMI source 32 and the HDMI receiver 28 of the control data.

[0119] 另外,被连接到称为HPD (热插拔检测`)的管脚的线86被包括在HDMI电缆I中。 [0119] In addition, is connected to a pin called HPD (Hot Plug Detection ') of line 86 is included in the HDMI cable I below. 通过使用线86,源设备能够检测接收器设备的连接。 By using the line 86, the source device can detect connection of the receiver apparatus. 另外,还在HDMI电缆I中包括了用于从源设备向接收器设备供电的线87。 Further, I also included in the HDMI cable line 87 for supplying power from a source device to a receiver device. 另外,预留线88被包括在HDMI电缆I中。 Further, the reserved line 88 is included in the HDMI cable I below.

[0120] 图5示出了在图4中的HDMI发射器81和HDMI接收机82的配置的例子。 [0120] FIG. 5 shows an example of the configuration of the HDMI transmitter 81 in FIG. 4 and the HDMI receiver 82. [0121 ] 发射器81包括分别对应于三个TMDS信道#0、#1和#2的三个编码器/串行器81A、81B和81C。 [0121] 81 comprises a transmitter respectively corresponding to the three TMDS channels # 0, # 1, and three encoders # 2 / serializers 81A, 81B, and 81C. 编码器/串行器81A、81B和81C分别编码被供应到编码器/串行器81A、81B和81C的图像数据、辅助数据和控制数据,将并行数据转换为串行数据,并发送所转换的数据作为差分信号。 The encoder / serializer 81A, 81B, and 81C are supplied to encode the encoder / serializer 81A, 81B and 81C of the image data, auxiliary data, and control data, converts parallel data into serial data, and transmits the converted data as differential signals. 在此,在图像数据包括三个分量、诸如R(红色)、G(绿色)和B(蓝色)的图像数据的情况下,B分量被供应到编码器/串行器81A,G分量被供应到编码器/串行器81B,且R分量被供应到编码器/串行器81C。 Here, the image data including three components, such as R (red), the case where the G (green) and B (blue) image data, B component is supplied to the encoder / serializer 81A, G component is supplied to the encoder / serializer 81B, and R component is supplied to the encoder / serializer 81C.

[0122] 另外,辅助数据包括,例如音频数据和控制分组。 [0122] The auxiliary data includes, for example, audio data and control packets. 控制分组被供应到例如编码器/串行器81A,且音频数据被供应到编码器/串行器81B和81C。 E.g. control packet is supplied to the encoder / serializer 81A, and the audio data are supplied to the encoder / serializer 81B, and 81C.

[0123] 另外,控制数据包括I比特垂直同步信号(VSYNC)U比特水平同步信号(HSYNC)和其每个是一比特的控制比特CTL0、CTL1、CTL2和CTL3。 [0123] Further, the control data (VSYNC) U bit horizontal synchronization signal (HSYNC) and each of which is a one-bit control bits CTL0, CTL1, CTL2 and CTL3 bit vertical synchronizing signal comprising I. 垂直同步信号和水平同步信号被供应到编码器/串行器81A。 Vertical synchronizing signal and a horizontal synchronizing signal is supplied to the encoder / serializer 81A. 控制比特CTLO和CTLl被供应到编码器/串行器81B,且控制比特CTL2和CTL3被供应到编码器/串行器81C。 CTLl control bits CTLO and are supplied to the encoder / serializer 81B, and the control bits CTL2 and CTL3 are supplied to the encoder / serializer 81C.

[0124] 编码器/串行器81A以时分方式发送被供应给编码器/串行器81A的图像数据的B分量、垂直同步信号、水平同步信号和辅助数据。 [0124] The encoder / serializer 81A transmits the B component is supplied to the encoder / serializer 81A encodes the image data, the vertical synchronization signal, a horizontal synchronization signal and auxiliary data in a time division manner. 也就是说,编码器/串行器81A将被供应到编码器/串行器81A的图像数据的B分量转换为以8比特为单位的并行数据,其对应于固定数量的比特。 That is, the encoder / serializer 81A converts the B component is supplied to the image data, the encoder / serializer 81A into parallel data in 8-bit units, which corresponds to a fixed number of bits. 另外编码器/串行器81A编码该并行数据,将该编码的数据转换为串行数据,并通过TMDS信道#0发送转换后的数据。 Furthermore the encoder / serializer 81A encodes the parallel data, converts the encoded data into serial data, and data of the TMDS channel # 0 transmitted by the conversion.

[0125] 另外,编码器/串行器81A编码被供应到编码器/串行器81A的垂直同步信号和水平同步信号的2比特并行数据,将编码的数据转换为串行数据,并通过TMDS信道#0发送转换后的数据。 [0125] Further, the encoder / serializer 81A encodes is supplied to the encoder / serializer 81A of the vertical synchronizing signal and a horizontal synchronizing signal of 2-bit parallel data, converts the encoded data into serial data, and through the TMDS channel transmitting the converted data # 0. 另外,编码器/串行器81A将被供应到编码器/串行器81A的辅助数据转换为4比特为单位的并行数据。 Further, the encoder / serializer 81A converts the auxiliary data is supplied to the encoder / serializer 81A converts the 4-bit-unit parallel data. 然后,编码器/串行器81A编码该并行数据,转换编码后的数据为串行数据,并通过TMDS信道#0发送转换后的数据。 Then, the encoder / serializer 81A encodes the parallel data, converts the encoded data into serial data, and the data through the TMDS channel # 0 transmits the converted.

[0126] 编码器/串行器81B以时分方式发送被供应给编码器/串行器81B的图像数据的G分量、控制比特CTLO和CTLl和辅助数据。 [0126] The encoder / serializer 81B transmits the G component is supplied to the encoder / serializer 81B, image data in a time division manner, control bits CTLO and CTLl and auxiliary data. 也就是说,编码器/串行器81B将被供应到编码器/串行器81B的图像数据的G分量转换为以8比特为单位的并行数据,其对应于固定数量的比特。 That is, the encoder / serializer 81B converts the G component is supplied to the image data, the encoder / serializer 81B into parallel data in 8-bit units, which corresponds to a fixed number of bits. 另外编码器/串行器81B编码该并行数据,将该编码的数据转换为串行数据,并通过TMDS信道#1发送转换后的数据。 Furthermore the encoder / serializer 81B encodes the parallel data, converts the encoded data into serial data, and data through the TMDS channel # 1 is transmitted after conversion.

[0127] 另外,编码器/串行器8IB编码被供应到编码器/串行器8IB的控制比特CTLO和CTLl的2比特并行数据,将编码后的数据转换为串行数据,并通过TMDS信道#1发送转换后的数据。 [0127] Further, the encoder / serializer 8IB code is supplied to the 2-bit parallel data encoder / serializer 8IB of control bits CTLO and CTLl will convert the encoded data into serial data through the TMDS channel and # 1 transmits data after conversion. 另外,编码器/串行器81B将被供应到编码器/串行器81B的辅助数据转换为4比特为单位的并行数据。 Further, the encoder / serializer 81B converts the auxiliary data is supplied to the encoder / serializer 81B converts the 4-bit-unit parallel data. 然后,编码器/串行器81B编码并行数据,将编码后的数据转换为串行数据,并通过TMDS信道#1发送转换后的数据。 Then, the encoder / serializer 81B encodes the parallel data, converts the encoded data into serial data, and data through the TMDS channel # 1 is transmitted after conversion.

[0128] 编码器/串行器81C以时分方式发送被供应给编码器/串行器81C的图像数据的R分量、控制比特CTL2和CTL3和辅助数据。 [0128] The encoder / serializer 81C transmits the R component of image data supplied to the encoder / serializer 81C is a time division manner, the control bits CTL2 and CTL3, and auxiliary data. 也就是说,编码器/串行器81C将被供应到编码器/串行器81C的图像数据的R分量转换为以8比特为单位的并行数据,其对应于固定数量的比特。 That is, the encoder / serializer 81C converts the R component is supplied to the encoder / serializer 81C encodes image data into parallel data in 8-bit units, which corresponds to a fixed number of bits. 另外编码器/串行器81C编码该并行数据,将该编码的数据转换为串行数据,并通过TMDS信道#2发送转换后的数据。 Furthermore the encoder / serializer 81C encodes the parallel data, converts the encoded data into serial data, and data through the TMDS channel # 2 transmits the conversion.

[0129] 另外,编码器/串行器81C编码被供应到编码器/串行器81C的控制比特CTL2和CTL3的2比特并行数据,将编码后的数据转换为串行数据,并通过TMDS信道#2发送转换后的数据。 [0129] Further, the encoder / serializer 81C encodes supplied to the encoder / serializer 81C encodes the control bits CTL2 and CTL3 2-bit parallel data, converts the encoded data into serial data through the TMDS channel and # 2 transmits the data after conversion. 另外,编码器/串行器81C将被供应到编码器/串行器81C的辅助数据转换为4比特为单位的并行数据。 Further, the encoder / serializer 81C to be supplied to the encoder / serializer 81C converts the auxiliary data into 4-bit-unit parallel data. 然后,编码器/串行器81C编码并行数据,将编码后的数据转换为串行数据,并通过TMDS信道#2发送转换后的数据。 Then, the encoder / serializer 81C encodes the parallel data, converts the encoded data into serial data, and transmits the converted data # 2 through the TMDS channel.

[0130] 接收机82包括分别对应于三个TMDS信道#0、#1和#2的三个恢复/解码器82A、82B和82C。 [0130] The receiver 82 comprises corresponding to the three TMDS channels # 0, # 1 and # 2, three recovery / decoders 82A, 82B and 82C. 恢复/解码器82A、82B和82C分别通过TMDS信道#0、#1和#2接收被发送作为差分信号的图像数据、辅助数据和控制数据。 Recovery / decoders 82A, 82B and 82C, respectively, through the TMDS channels # 0, # 1 and # 2 receives the image data is transmitted as a differential signal, auxiliary data, and control data. 另外,恢复/解码器82A、82B和82C分别将图像数据、辅助数据和控制数据从串行数据转换为并行数据,解码转换后的数据,并输出解码后的数据。 Further, the recovery / decoders 82A, 82B and 82C, respectively, the image data, auxiliary data, and control data from serial data to parallel data, decodes the converted data, and outputs the decoded data.

[0131] 也就是,恢复/解码器82A通过TMDS信道#0接收被发送作为差分信号的图像数据的B分量、垂直同步信号、水平同步信号和辅助数据。 [0131] That is, the recovery / decoder 82A is transmitted through the TMDS channels # 0 receives B component of image data differential signal, vertical synchronization signal, horizontal synchronization signal and auxiliary data. 然后,恢复/解码器82A将图像数据的B分量、垂直同步信号、水平同步信号和辅助数据从串行数据转换为并行数据,解码转换后的数据,并输出解码的数据。 Then, the recovery / decoder 82A converts the B component of image data, vertical synchronizing signal, horizontal synchronizing signal data and the auxiliary data to parallel data, decodes the converted data, and outputs the decoded serial data.

[0132] 恢复/解码器82B通过TMDS信道#1接收被发送作为差分信号的图像数据的G分量、控制比特CTLO和CTLl和辅助数据。 [0132] The recovery / decoder 82B converts the G component is transmitted as image data by receiving differential signals TMDS channel # 1, and control bits CTLO CTLl and auxiliary data. 然后,然后,恢复/解码器82B将图像数据的G分量、控制比特CTLO和CTLl和辅助数据从串行数据转换为并行数据,解码转换后的数据,并输出解码的数据。 Then, Then, the recovery / decoder 82B converts the G component of image data, control bits CTLO and CTLl and auxiliary data into parallel data, decoded data from serial data, and outputs the decoded data.

[0133] 恢复/解码器82C通过TMDS信道#2接收被发送作为差分信号的图像数据的R分量、控制比特CTL2和CTL3和辅助数据。 [0133] The recovery / decoder 82C converts the R component is transmitted as a differential signal of the image data by the TMDS channel # 2 receives control bits CTL2 and CTL3, and auxiliary data. 然后,恢复/解码器82C将图像数据的R分量、控制比特CTL2和CTL3和辅助数据从串行数据转换为并行数据,解码转换后的数据,并输出解码的数据。 Then, the recovery / decoder 82C converts the R component of image data, control bits CTL2 and CTL3, and auxiliary data, the converted data as parallel data, decodes the converted serial data and outputs the decoded data.

[0134] 图6示出了通过HDMI的三个TMDS信道#0、#1和#2发送各种发送数据的发送周期(持续时间)的例子。 [0134] FIG. 6 shows three via HDMI TMDS channels # 0 example, # 1 and # 2 transmission periods of various transmission data transmission (duration). 注意,图6示出了在通过TMDS信道#0、#1和#2发送具有720水平像素和480垂直像素的逐行(progressive)图像的情况下的各种发送数据的周期。 Note that, FIG. 6 shows the case where the cycle through the TMDS channels # 0, # 1 and # 2 having 720 horizontal pixels 480 vertical pixels and progressive (Progressive) image of various transmission data.

[0135] 在通过HDMI的三个TMDS信道#0、#1和#2发送发送数据的视频场(VideoField)中,根据发送数据的类型,存在三种周期、视频数据(VideoData)周期、数据岛(DataIsland)周期、和控制(Control)周期。 [0135] through the three TMDS channels # 0, # 1 and # 2 transmits the transmission data of the HDMI video fields (VideoField) depending on the type of transmission data, there are three periods, the video data (VideoData) period, a data island (DataIsland) period, and a control (control) cycle.

[0136] 在此,视频场周期是从特定垂直同步信号的上升沿(有效边缘)到下一垂直同步信号的上升沿的周期。 [0136] Here, the video field period from the rising edge of a certain vertical synchronizing signal (active edge) to the period of the rising edge of the next vertical synchronizing signal. 视频场周期被划分为水平消隐时间(水平消隐)、垂直消隐时间(垂直消隐),和有效视频周期(有效视频(Active Video)),这是通过从视频场周期中消除水平消隐时间和垂直消隐时间而获得的周期。 The video field period is divided into a horizontal blanking period (horizontal blanking), a vertical blanking period (vertical blanking), and an effective video period (Active Video (Active Video)), which is by eliminating from the horizontal blanking period of the video field implicit time period and the vertical blanking interval is obtained.

[0137] 视频数据周期被分配到有效视频周期。 [0137] The video data period is allocated to the active video period. 在视频数据周期期间,发送构成一个屏幕的未压缩图像数据的720像素X480线的有效(effective)像素(有效(Active)像素)的数据。 During the video data period, a pixel X480 transmission line 720 constituting uncompressed image data of one screen is active (Effective) pixels (effective (Active) pixel) data.

[0138] 数据岛周期和控制周期被应用于水平消隐时间和垂直消隐时间。 [0138] The data island period and the control period is applied to the horizontal blanking period and the vertical blanking interval. 在数据岛周期和控制周期,发送辅助数据。 In the data island period and the control period, auxiliary data is transmitted.

[0139] 也就是说,数据岛周期对应于水平消隐时间和垂直消隐时间的一个部分。 [0139] That is, the data island period corresponding to a portion of the horizontal blanking interval and the vertical blanking time. 在数据岛周期期间,在辅助数据之间,发送不涉及控制的数据,例如,音频数据的分组。 During the data island period, the auxiliary data between the transmission data control does not involve, for example, a packet of audio data.

[0140] 控制周期被分配给水平消隐时间和垂直消隐时间的另一部分。 [0140] Control period is allocated to another portion of the horizontal blanking period and the vertical blanking time. 在控制周期期间,在辅助数据之间,发送涉及控制的数据,例如水平同步信号、水平同步信号和控制分组。 During the control period, the auxiliary data between the transmission data to a control, for example, a horizontal synchronization signal, a horizontal synchronization signal and a control packet. [0141] 在此,根据当前HDMI,通过TMDS时钟信道发送的像素时钟的频率是例如165MHz。 [0141] Here, according to the current HDMI, the frequency of the pixel clock transmitted through the TMDS clock channel is, for example 165MHz. 在该情况下,在数据岛周期中的发送速率是大约500Mbps。 In this case, the transmission rate of the data island period is about 500Mbps. 在该实施例中,通过使用数据岛周期,从视频摄像机记录器10向电视接收机30发送缩略图数据,即索引视频数据。 In this embodiment, by using the data island period, the thumbnail data from the video camera recorder 10 to the television receiver 30 transmits, i.e., index the video data.

[0142] 图7示出了HDMI端29和31的管脚布置。 [0142] FIG. 7 shows a pin arrangement of HDMI terminals 29 and 31. 该管脚布置被称为类型_A。 This pin arrangement is called type _A.

[0143] 用作通过其发送作为TMDS信道#i的差分信号的TMDS数据#i+和TMDS数据#i_的差分线的两条线被连接到被分配了TMDS数据#i+的管脚(其管脚号为1、4或7的管脚)和被分配了TMDS数据#1-的管脚(其管脚号为3、6或9的管脚)。 [0143] as # i + and TMDS Data #i_ differential lines are connected to two lines through which TMDS Data transmitted as a differential signal of the TMDS channel #i are assigned to TMDS Data # i + pins (which tube pin whose pin number is 4, or 7) and the pin is assigned to TMDS data # 1- (whose pin numbers 3, 6 or 9 pin).

[0144]另外,通过其发送作为控制数据的CEC信号的CEC线84被连接到其管脚号为13的管脚和作为空(预留)管脚的其管脚号为14的管脚。 [0144] Further, the transmission 84 is connected to its pin numbers 13 and as an empty (Reserved) pin whose pin numbers 14 through which a CEC line CEC signal as control data. 另外,通过其发送诸如E-EDID的SDA(串行数据)信号的线被连接到其管脚号为16的管脚。 Further, as E-EDID transmitted through its SDA (serial data) signal line which is connected to a pin whose pin number is 16. 通过其发送作为用于在发送和接收SDA信号时同步的时钟信号的SCL(串行时钟)信号的线被连接到其管脚号为15的管脚。 Which is connected to a transmission pin numbers 15 through which the SCL line as a clock signal synchronized upon transmission and reception of the SDA signal (serial clock) signal. 上述DDC 83由通过其发送SDA信号的线和通过其发送SCL信号的线构成。 Constituted by the above-described DDC 83 through which the SDA signal is transmitted and the line through which the SCL signal is transmitted line.

[0145] 另外,由源设备用于检测上述接收器设备的连接的线86被连接到其管脚号为19的管脚。 [0145] Further, the receiving line connected to detector apparatus 86 used by a source device which is connected to a pin whose pin number is 19. 另外,被用于如上述通电的线87被连接到其管脚号为18的管脚。 Further, as described above is used for energization is connected to line 87 which pin numbers 18.

[0146] 将参考图8到11说明通过图4中所示的CEC信道发送的数据的结构。 [0146] with reference to FIGS. 8 to 11 illustrate the structure of data transmitted via the CEC channel shown in FIG. 图8是示出通过CEC信道发送的数据的块结构的图示。 FIG 8 is a block diagram showing a configuration of data transmitted by the CEC channel. 以如下方式配置CEC信道:在4.5毫秒中发送一个块。 Arranged in such a CEC channel: 4.5 ms in a transmission block. 在数据发送的开始时,排列开始比特。 At the start of data transmission, a start bit arrangement. 然后,在开始比特后排列头块。 Then, after the start of the header block arrangement of bits. 在头块之后,排列包含了实际期望发送的数据的期望数量(η)的数据块。 After the header block, the arrangement comprising a desired number ([eta]) of the data block actually desired data transmitted.

[0147] 图9是示出了头块的数据结构的例子的图示。 [0147] FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an example of a data structure of the header block. 在头块中,排列了源设备的地址(源地址)和接收器设备的地址(接收器地址)。 Address in the header block, the arrangement of the source device address (source address) and a receiver device (receiver address). 根据设备的类型来设置每个地址。 The address is set for each type of device.

[0148] 图10示出了根据各个设备的种类而设置的逻辑地址的例子。 [0148] FIG. 10 shows an example of a logical address according to the type of each device and set. 如图10所示,对于各种类型的设备,设置从“O”到“15”的16种地址值。 As shown, for each type of device, is provided from "O" to the 16 kinds of the address value "15" 10. 在构成图9所示的头块的源地址和接收器地址中,根据源设备和接收器设备来排列对应的地址值作为4比特数据。 In the header block of the source address and the receiver address of the configuration shown in FIG. 9, the source device and the receiver device are arranged corresponding to the address value as 4-bit data. 例如,在图1所示的AV系统5的情况下,其中通过HDMI电缆I连接了视频摄像机记录器10和电视接收机30,源地址表示视频摄像机的地址值“10”,且接收器地址表示电视接收机(TV)的地址值“O”。 For example, in the case where the AV system shown in FIG. 15, wherein I is connected through an HDMI cable video camera recorder 10 and the television receiver 30, a source address representing an address value of the video camera, "10", and the receiver address represents a television receiver (TV) address value "O".

[0149] 另外,为了使用CEC信道发送控制命令,提供图11所示的命令。 [0149] Further, using the CEC channel to send control commands to provide command 11 shown in FIG. 虽然在图11中省略了,但对于各个命令确定了值。 Although omitted in FIG. 11, but the value determined for each command. 接收侧通过确定发送的值来确定命令的指令。 Instructions for determining the receiving side command by determining the transmission value. 在此,仅示出涉及视频摄像机记录器10的控制的控制命令。 Here, only a control command directed to the video camera recorder 10 is controlled.

[0150] 〈give Contents List (给出内容列表)> 命令是用于发出用于发送内容列表的请求的命令。 [0150] <give Contents List (Content List given)> command is a request command for transmitting the contents list. 接收了该命令的接收侧发回稍后描述的〈set Content Number (设置内容数量)>命令作为响应。 Received the command sends back the reception side described later <set Content Number (provided the number of contents)> command as a response. 〈set Content Number〉命令是用于发出指示在被存储在自身设备中的内容列表中所示的内容段的数量的通知的命令。 <Set Content Number> command is a command for notification of the number of content segments shown instructs the content list is stored in the device's own. 〈set Content Info (设置内容信息)> 命令是用于发送内容列表的数据的命令。 <Set Content Info (setting contents information)> command is a command for data transmission of a content list.

[0151] 〈Thumb Nail ID (缩略图1D) >命令是用于发出指示用于发送缩略图数据的ID (标识号)的通知的命令。 [0151] <Thumb Nail ID (thumbnail 1D)> indicating command is a command for notifying the ID (identification number) of the thumbnail image data transmitted for issuing. 〈Play Content(播放内容)> 命令是用于发出回放内容的指令的命令。 <Play Content (broadcast content)> issued command is a command for instructing the playback of the content. 当接收该命令时,发回指示设备的状态(无论是否进入回放状态)的响应。 When receiving the command, the pointing device sends back status (whether or not to enter the playback state) response. 〈ImageView 0n(图像浏览打开)> 命令是用于发出指示设备已经进入了回放状态的通知的命令。 <ImageView 0n (image viewing open)> command is a pointing device for issuing a command notice has entered the playback state.

[0152] 图12示出了在发送缩略图的数据的情况下的头的数据结构的例子。 [0152] FIG. 12 shows an example of a data structure of a header in the case of transmission of thumbnail data. 在图12中,示出了8比特作为一个单元。 In FIG 12, illustrates the 8 bits as a unit. 在前8比特中排列指示缩略图数据的分组类型的数据。 Arrangement thumbnail data indicating the type of packet data in the preceding 8 bits. 在下一8比特中排列指示该缩略图属于的内容的内容号的数据。 In the next 8-bit data indicative of the arrangement of the thumbnail of the contents belonging to the content number. 在下一8比特中排列指示缩略图数据的数据长度的数据。 Arrangement data indicative of the length of the thumbnail data in the next 8 bits. 然后,在头之后排列缩略图数据。 Then, after the first thumbnail data are arranged.

[0153] 缩略图数据可以是已经进行了某种压缩处理的图像数据(静态图像数据)。 [0153] thumbnail image data may have been some kind of image data (still image data) compression process. 例如以在图6所示的视频数据的垂直消隐时间和水平消隐时间之间排列的数据岛周期中按顺序排列多段缩略图数据。 For example, data islands are arranged between the vertical and the horizontal blanking interval of the video data shown in FIG. 6 blanking time period arranging a plurality of segments sequentially thumbnail image data.

[0154] 接下来,将参考图13描述通过该实施例中的HDMI电缆I在视频摄像机记录器10的HDMI端29和电视接收机30的HDMI端31之间进行的数据发送的例子。 [0154] Next, an example is described with reference to FIG. 13 in the HDMI video camera recorder 10 performed in Example 31. HDMI cable end 29 and the I HDMI terminal of the television receiver 30 transmits data by the embodiment.

[0155] 该数据发送例子是进行如下处理的情况下的例子:其中,用户操作在电视接收机30侧上的遥控发射器57(见图3)以获得在视频摄像机记录器10中的记录介质19中记录的各段视频内容的列表(内容列表),由视频摄像机记录器10回放由用户根据该显示而选择的视频内容段,且在电视接收机30上显示该视频内容。 Examples of the case where [0155] Examples of the data transmission process is as follows: wherein, the user operates the remote control transmitter 30 on the side of the television receiver 57 (see FIG. 3) to obtain a recording medium in the video camera recorder 10 each section of video content list (content list) 19 is recorded by the video camera recorder 10 replay by the user according to the display section of video content is selected, and display the video content on the television receiver 30.

[0156] 首先,用户操作在遥控发射器57上排列的键,以使得在电视接收机30的显示面板42上显示菜单屏幕(步骤Sll)。 [0156] First, the user operates the remote control transmitter arranged on the key 57, so that the menu screen is displayed (step Sll) on the display panel 42 of the television receiver 30. 由图形生成电路40在电视接收机30的CPU 51的控制下生成该菜单屏幕。 Pattern generating circuit 40 generates a menu screen under the control of the CPU 51 of the television receiver 30. 然后,当用户根据菜单屏幕进行用于从被连接到HDMI端31的设备获取内容列表的操作时,CPU 51通过CEC信道向通过HDMI端31而连接的视频摄像机记录器10发送命令(步骤S12)。 Then, when the user according to the menu screen when a device connected to the HDMI terminal 31 acquires operation content list from, CPU 51 to the video camera recorder connected through the HDMI terminal 31 transmits a command (step S12) 10 through the CEC channel . 在此发送的命令是用于发出发送内容列表的请求的〈give ContentList〉命令。 In order for this transmission request transmission of a content list <give ContentList> command.

[0157] 当视频摄像机记录器10的系统控制CPU 20确定已经接收了命令时,系统控制CPU20发回在视频摄像机记录器10内部准备的内容列表中所示的内容段的数量(步骤S13)。 The number (Step S13) [0157] When recording video camera system 10 determines the control CPU 20 has received the command, the system control CPU20 sends back a list of contents in the video camera recorder 10 to prepare the interior of the contents shown in section. 通过将内容段的数量的数据添加到用于发出指示内容段的数量的通知的〈set ContentNumber)命令来获得在此发送的命令。 Issued for indicating the number of content segments notified by adding the number of pieces of content data to <set ContentNumber) command sent this Get command.

[0158] 在发送了内容段的数量之后,CPU 20发送用于发送内容列表的数据的〈setContent Info〉命令(步骤S14)。 [0158] After transmitting the number of segments of the content, CPU 20 transmits data for transmission of a content list <setContent Info> command (step S14). 在该命令之后,CPU 20发送通过将ID添加到用于发出指示缩略图的ID的通知的〈Thumb Nail ID>而获得的数据(步骤S 15)。 After this command, CPU 20 transmits by adding the ID to the data for issuing (step S 15) <Thumb Nail ID> indicating the ID notified thumbnail obtained. 在通过CEC信道发送〈set Content Info〉命令和〈Thumb Nail ID>命令时,给其提供了ID的缩略图的数据被排列在每个消隐时间中排列的数据岛周期中,且通过视频数据的传输信道(TMDS信道#0、#1和#2)而发送。 When sending <set Content Info> command and <Thumb Nail ID> command through the CEC channel, which is provided to the ID of the thumbnail image data are arranged in the data island period is arranged in each blanking time, and the video data transmission channel (TMDS channels # 0, # 1 and # 2) is transmitted.

[0159] 也就是说,例如,在通过图14(a)所示的CEC线来发送包含了〈set ContentInfo)命令和〈Thumb Nail ID>命令的控制数据dl时,给其提供了ID的缩略图的数据d2被排列在用于视频数据的传输信道的数据岛周期中,且被发送。 [0159] That is, for example, the CEC line (a), FIG. 14 to send containing <set ContentInfo) command and <Thumb Nail ID> command control data DL, which provides for reduction of the ID thumbnail data d2 are arranged in the data island period of the channel for the video transmission data, and transmitted.

[0160] 注意在根据该实施例的视频摄像机记录器10中,即使在不进行记录操作或内容回放操作的情况下,如果接收器设备被连接到HDMI端29,则从HDMI端29输出用于全屏白显示的视频数据等。 The [0160] Note that, in the video camera recorder 10 according to this embodiment, even if the recording operation is not performed or the case where the content playback operation, if the receiver device is connected to the HDMI terminal 29, output from the HDMI terminal 29 for full-screen white display video data, and the like.

[0161] 返回参考图13的说明,重复其数量等于由〈set Content Number〉命令通知的内容段的数量的数据发送单元,其中〈set Content Info〉命令、〈Thumb NaillD〉命令和数据岛周期的缩略图数据被设置为数据发送单元,且发送各段视频内容的缩略图视频等。 [0161] Returning to the description with reference to FIG. 13, repeated equal to the number of data transmission units of <set Content Number> command notice of the content segment, wherein <set Content Info> command, <Thumb NaillD> command and data island period thumbnail image data is provided to a data transmission unit transmitting the segments of video content and thumbnails of video. 也就是说,在图13的例子中,发送内容数据的最后单元作为步骤S16和S17。 That is, in the example of FIG. 13, the content data of the last cell transmitted as steps S16 and S17.

[0162] 电视接收机30的CPU 51在DRAM 53等中存储了在从视频摄像机记录器10发送的列表中的内容列表的数据和多段视频内容的缩略图数据。 [0162] CPU 51 30 of the television receiver stores the thumbnail image data in the list of the content list transmitted from the video camera recorder 10 and the plurality of pieces of video content in the DRAM 53 and the like. 然后,CPU 51使得图形生成电路40根据该内容列表和缩略图数据来生成内容列表的显示屏幕,并使得显示面板42显示该显示屏幕(步骤S18)。 Then, CPU 51 so that the pattern generating circuit 40 generates a content list based on the content list display screen and the thumbnail image data, and causes the display panel 42 displays the display screen (step S18).

[0163] 当用户操作遥控发射器57并从在显示面板42上显示的内容列表中选择具体视频内容段时(步骤S19),电视接收机30的CPU 51将所选的视频内容段的编号添加到用于发出回放一段视频内容的指令的〈Play Content〉命令,并向视频摄像机记录器10发送包括向其添加的所选的视频内容段的编号的〈Play Content)命令(步骤S20)。 [0163] When the user operates the remote control transmitter 57 and select the specific video content segments from the content list displayed on the display panel 42 (step S19), CPU 51 30 of the television receiver will add the selected number of segments of video content <Play content> command is issued to the playback of a video content for the instruction, and the transmission 10 includes a number of segments of video content are added thereto selected <Play content) command (step S20) video camera recorder.

[0164] 接收了回放指令命令的视频摄像机记录器10的系统控制CPU 20回放来自记录介质19的对应的视频内容段,经由HDMI端29输出回放的视频内容的数据,并向电视接收机30发送数据(步骤S21)。 [0164] received instruction command playback video camera recorder 10 system control CPU 20 from the video playback of content segments corresponding to the recording medium 19, a data terminal 29 via the HDMI output of the reproduced video content, and the television receiver 30 transmits data (step S21). 通过使用视频数据的传输信道(TMDS信道#0、#1和#2)来进行视频内容的数据的发送。 To transmit data by using the video content of video data transmission channel (TMDS channels # 0, # 1 and # 2).

[0165] 如上所述,当开始发送回放的视频内容的数据时,电视接收机30进行对于经由HDMI段31而接收的视频(图像)和音频数据的输出处理,并进行对于视频内容的回放处理(步骤S22)。 [0165] As described above, when data transmission starts playback of video content, the television receiver 30 for receiving output processing section 31 via the HDMI video (image) and audio data, and playback processing on the video content (step S22).

[0166] 图15示出了在电视接收机30上的内容列表的显示的例子。 [0166] FIG. 15 shows an example of the contents on the television receiver 30 displays the list. 在该例子中,在屏幕上显示四个标题,且在标题的一侧显示缩略图。 In this example, four titles displayed on the screen, and display the thumbnail at a side of the header. 例如,通过在屏幕上的滚动操作,可以滚动显示标题。 For example, by scrolling through the screen, you can scroll the title. 除了缩略图以外,在每个标题的显示部分中显示诸如记录的日期和时间和内容的长度(记录的时间段)的附加信息。 In addition to thumbnail display additional information and the date and time length of content such as recording (recording period) in the display portion of each header. 用户能够在从这种内容列表的显示中参考标题和缩略图的同时选择要回放的视频内容段,并进行对所选视频的回放操作。 The user can refer to the title and thumbnail display from the list of such content to be played back simultaneously selected segments of video content, and a playback operation of the selected video.

[0167] 如上所述,在图1所示的AV系统5中,仅通过用单个HDMI电缆I连接视频摄像机记录器10和电视接收机30,可以向电视接收机30发送在视频摄像机记录器10侧中准备的内容列表和缩略图数据,且可以在电视接收机30侧上显示内容列表。 [0167] As described above, in the AV system 5 shown in FIG. 1, only I by treatment with a single HDMI cable 10 connected to the video camera recorder 30 and the television receiver, may be transmitted in the video camera recorder 10 to the television receiver 30 content list and thumbnail data prepared in side, and the content list may be displayed on the television receiver 30 side. 因此,用户能够理解在视频摄像机记录器10中的记录介质19中记录的视频内容的细节,而无需操作视频摄像机记录器10,可以轻易地从视频摄像机记录器10回放需要的视频内容段,且可以进行回放的视频内容等的显示。 Thus, the user can understand the details of the video content recording medium in the video camera recorder 10 19 recorded, without operating the video camera recorder 10 can be easily accessible from the video content segments video camera recorder 10 replay required, and It can display playback of video content.

[0168] 在该情况下,由于在电视接收机30侧上生成了用于显示图15所示的列表的屏幕,因此视频摄像机记录器10侧仅需要创建内容列表等。 [0168] In this case, since a list screen shown in FIG. 15 is displayed on the television receiver 30 side, so the video camera recorder 10 side need only create a content list and the like. 因此,不在视频摄像机记录器10上施加沉重的负担。 Therefore, a heavy burden is not applied to the video camera recorder 10. 另外,可以通过使用被附接于电视接收机30的遥控发射器57来进行操作本身。 Further, it may be attached to a remote control transmitter 30 by using the television receiver 57 to operate itself. 因此,可以实现用户友好性。 Therefore, it is possible to achieve user-friendliness.

[0169] 注意,示出了上述实施例中说明的命令配置作为例子,且本发明不局限于此。 [0169] Note that, the command shown in the above described embodiments as an example of the configuration, and the present invention is not limited thereto. 另夕卜,虽然在上述实施例中在视频数据的传输线的消隐时间排列缩略图(索引视频)且发送,但可以在不同的时间中排列缩略图并发送。 Another Bu Xi, although the transmission line blanking time in the video data are arranged in the above-described embodiment, the thumbnail (index video) and transmitted, but the thumbnails may be arranged at a different time and transmitted. 例如,可以通过使用符合HDMI标准而准备的CEC或DDC线来发送缩略图。 For example, by using HDMI-compliant CEC or prepared to transmit the DDC line thumbnail.

[0170] 接下来,将描述本发明的另一实施例。 [0170] Next, another embodiment of the present invention will be described. 图16示出了根据本发明的另一实施例的AV(音视频)系统5A的配置的例子。 FIG 16 shows AV (audio and video) according to another embodiment of the present invention, an example of the configuration of the system. 5A.

[0171] AV系统5A包括作为源设备的视视频摄像机记录器IOA和作为接收器设备的电视接收机30A。 [0171] AV system 5A-view video source includes a video camera recorder apparatus and the television receiver 30A IOA as a receiver device. 视视频摄像机记录器IOA和电视接收机30A通过HDMI电缆I连接。 IOA view video camera recorder and the television receiver 30A I connected via an HDMI cable. 在视视频摄像机记录器IOA中提供向其连接了构成通信单元的HDMI发送单元(HDMI TX) 28和高速数据线接口(I/F) 28A的HDMI端29。 Thereto provides the HDMI transmitting unit (HDMI the TX) constituting the communication unit 28 and the high-speed data line interface (I / F) in view of the video camera recorder IOA 28A of the HDMI terminal 29. [0172] 另外,在电视接收机30A中提供向其连接了构成通信单元的HDMI接收单元(HDMIRX) 32和高速数据线接口(I/F) 32A的HDMI端31。 [0172] Further, in the television receiver 30A provided in the HDMI receiving unit connected thereto (HDMIRX) constituting the communication unit 32 and the speed data line interface (I / F) 32A of the HDMI terminal 31. HDMI电缆I的一端被连接到视视频摄像机记录器IOA的HDMI端29,且HDMI电缆I的另一端被连接到电视接收机30A的HDMI端31。 I end of the HDMI cable is connected to the view of the video camera recorder IOA HDMI terminal 29, and the other end of the HDMI cable I is connected to the television receiver 30A the HDMI terminal 31.

[0173] 在上述图1所示的AV系统5中,当从视频摄像机记录器10向电视接收机30发送内容列表和缩略图数据时,使用CEC信道和用于视频数据的传输信道(TMDS信道#0、#1和#2)。 [0173] In the AV system 5 shown in FIG. 1 described above, when the data to the television receiver 30 transmits the contents list and thumbnail images from the video camera recorder 10, using the CEC channel and a video data transmission channel (TMDS channel # 0, # 1 and # 2). 在图16所示的AV系统5A中,通过使用由构成HDMI电缆I的具体线组成的高速数据项,从视视频摄像机记录器IOA向电视接收机30A高速发送内容列表和缩略图数据。 In the AV system 5A shown in FIG. 16, the contents list and thumbnail image data items by using the high-speed data line constituting the HDMI cable by the particular composition I, transmitted from the high-speed video camera recorder IOA view to the television receiver 30A.

[0174] 图17示出了视频摄像机记录器IOA的配置的例子。 [0174] FIG. 17 shows an example of a configuration of the video camera recorder IOA. 在图17中,对应于图2中的那些的部件由相同的标记来表示,且将以适当的方式省略那些部件的详细描述。 Those parts in FIG. 17, corresponding to FIG. 2 are denoted by the same numerals, and will be suitable manner detailed description of those components will be omitted.

[0175] 视频摄像机记录器IOA包括成像器11、成像器驱动器12、成像信号处理电路13、摄像机控制CPU 14、静态图像信号处理电路15、运动图像信号处理电路16、存储器卡17、记录/回放电路18、记录介质19、系统控制CPU20、闪存R0M21、SDRAM22、键盘23、麦克风24、音频信号处理电路25、IXD控制器26、IXD面板27、HDMI发送单元28、高速数据线接口(I/F)28A 和HDMI 端29。 [0175] The video camera recorder IOA includes an imager 11, an imaging device driver 12, the imaging signal processing circuit 13, camera control CPU 14, the still image signal processing circuit 15, the motion image signal processing circuit 16, a memory card 17, the recording / playback circuit 18, a recording medium 19, the CPU 20 controls the system, the flash R0M21, SDRAM22, a keyboard 23, a microphone 24, an audio signal processing circuit 25, IXD controller 26, IXD panel 27, HDMI transmitting unit 28, a high-speed data line interface (I / F ). 28A and HDMI terminal 29.

[0176] 该高速数据线接口28A是用于使用构成HDMI电缆I的具体线来双向通信的接口。 [0176] The speed data line interface 28A is used for the specific lines constituting the HDMI cable to the interface I of the two-way communication. 在系统控制CPU 20和HDMI端29之间插入高速数据线接口28A。 Speed ​​data line interface 28A is inserted between the control system 29 in the CPU 20 and HDMI terminal. 高速数据线接口28A经由HDMI端29通过HDMI电缆I向对立设备发送从系统控制CPU 20供应的发送数据。 CPU 20 supplies the transmission data speed data line interface 28A from the control system 29 via the HDMI transmitting end opposite to the device through the HDMI cable I. 另外,高速数据线接口28A向系统控制CPU 20供应从对立设备经由HDMI端29通过HDMI电缆I接收的接收数据。 Further, the control speed data line interface 28A opposite apparatus 20 receives data I received via the HDMI terminal 29 through the HDMI cable is supplied from the system CPU. 稍后将描述高速数据线接口28A的细节。 Details speed data line interface 28A will be described later.

[0177] 虽然将省略详细描述,但在图17中所示的视频摄像机记录器IOA的其他配置和操作与之前描述的图2所示的视频摄像机记录器10的那些类似。 [0177] Although detailed description will be omitted, but the video camera recorder shown in FIG other configurations and operations of the video camera recorder IOA and 17 shown in FIG. 2 are similar to those previously described 10.

[0178] 图18示出了电视接收机30A的配置的例子。 [0178] FIG. 18 shows an example of a configuration of a television receiver 30A. 电视接收机30A包括HDMI端31、HDMI接收单元32、高速数据线接口(I/F)32A、天线端35、数字调谐器36、解复用器37、MPEG (运动图像专家组)解码器38、视频信号处理电路39、图形生成电路40、面板驱动电路41、显示面板42、音频信号处理电路43、音频放大电路44、扬声器45、内部总线50、CPU (中央处理单元)51、闪存ROM(只读存储器)52、DRAM(动态随机存取存储器)53、以太网接口(以太网I/F) 54、网络端55、遥控接收单元56、和遥控发射器57。 The television receiver 30A includes an HDMI terminal 31 is, HDMI receiving unit 32, a high-speed data line interface (I / F) 32A, an antenna terminal 35, a digital tuner 36, a demultiplexer 37, MPEG (Moving Picture Experts Group) decoder 38 The video signal processing circuit 39, a graphic generation circuit 40, a panel drive circuit 41, a display panel 42, an audio signal processing circuit 43, an audio amplifying circuit 44, a speaker 45, an internal bus 50, CPU (central processing unit) 51, a flash ROM ( read-only memory) 52, DRAM (dynamic random access memory) 53, an Ethernet interface (Ethernet I / F) 54, the network 55, a remote control receiving unit 56, and a remote control transmitter 57.

[0179] 该高速数据线接口32A是用于使用构成HDMI电缆I的具体线来双向通信的接口,类似于上述视频摄像机记录器IOA的高速数据线接口28A。 [0179] The speed data line interface 32A is used for the specific lines constituting the HDMI cable to the interface I of the two-way communication, similarly to the above-described video camera recorder of IOA speed data line interface 28A. 在以太网接口54和HDMI端31之间插入高速数据线接口32A。 Speed ​​data line interface 32A is inserted between the Ethernet interface 54 and the HDMI terminal 31. 高速数据线接口32A经由HDMI端31通过HDMI电缆I向对立设备发送从CPU 51经由以太网接口54供应的发送数据。 Sending data supplied from the CPU 51 via the Ethernet interface 54 is transmitting speed data line interface 32A to the opposite end of the device via the HDMI cable 31 through the HDMI I. 另外,高速数据线接口32A经由以太网接口54向CPU 51供应从对立设备经由HDMI端31通过HDMI电缆I接收的接收数据。 Further, speed data line interface 32A supplies the data receiving apparatus opposing via the HDMI cable I received from the HDMI terminal 31 to the CPU 51 through the interface 54 via an Ethernet. 稍后将描述高速数据线接口32A的细节。 Details speed data line interface 32A will be described later.

[0180] 虽然将省略详细描述,但在图18中所示的电视接收机30A的其他配置和操作与之前描述的图3所示的电视接收机30的那些类似。 [0180] Although detailed description will be omitted, but the television receiver shown in the television receiver shown in FIG other previously described configuration and operation 30A of FIG. 30 are similar to those of 183.

[0181] 图19示出了在图16的AV系统5A中的视视频摄像机记录器IOA的高速数据线接口28A和电视接收机30A的高速数据线接口的配置的例子。 [0181] FIG. 19 shows an example of a configuration view of video camera recorder IOA in the AV system 5A in FIG. 16 speed data line interface 28A of the television receiver 30A and the speed data line interface. 接口28A和32A构成进行LAN(局域网)通信的通信单元。 28A and 32A constituting the interface communication means LAN (Local Area Network) communication. 在该实施例中,该通信单元通过在构成HDMI电缆I的多条线之间使用一对差分线、对应于空(预留)管脚(14-管脚)的预留线(Ether-线)、和对应于HPD管脚(19-管脚)的HPD线(Ether+线)来进行通信。 In this embodiment, the communication unit by using a pair of differential lines among a plurality of lines constituting the HDMI cable I, corresponding to the empty (reserve) pin (14-pin) reserved line (Ether- line ), and the HPD line (Ether + line) corresponding to the HPD pin (pin 19-) to perform communication.

[0182] 视频摄像机记录器IOA包括LAN信号发送电路411、终止电阻器412、AC耦合电容器413和414、LAN信号接收电路415、减法电路416、上拉电阻器421、构成低通滤波器的电阻器422和电容器423、比较器424、下拉电阻器431、构成低通滤波器的电阻器432和电容器433、以及比较器434。 [0182] IOA video camera recorder 411 includes a LAN signal transmitting circuit, terminating resistor 412, AC coupling capacitors 413 and 414, a LAN signal reception circuit 415, a subtraction circuit 416, a pull-up resistor 421, a resistor constituting the low-pass filter 422 and a capacitor 423, a comparator 424, a pull-down resistor 431, a resistor 432 and a capacitor 433 constituting a low pass filter, and a comparator 434. 在此,高速数据线接口28A由LAN信号发送电路411、终止电阻器412、AC耦合电容器413和414、LAN信号接收电路415、和减法电路416构成。 Here, a high-speed data line interface 28A LAN signal transmitting circuit 411, terminating resistor 412, AC coupling capacitors 413 and 414, a LAN signal reception circuit 415, a subtracter circuit 416, and configured.

[0183] 在电源线(+5.0V)和地线之间连接上拉电阻器421、AC耦合电容器413、终止电阻器412、AC耦合电容器414和下拉电阻器431的串联电路。 [0183] In the power supply line (+ 5.0V) and a ground connection between the pull-up resistor 421, AC coupling capacitor 413, terminating resistor 412, AC coupling capacitor 414 and the pull-down resistor 431 in series circuit. 在AC耦合电容器413和终止电阻器412之间的连接点Pl被连接到LAN信号发送电路411的正输出侧,且被连接到LAN信号接收电路415的正输入侧。 In the AC coupling capacitor 413 and terminating resistor 412 is connected between the point Pl is connected to the LAN signal transmitting circuit 411 outputs a positive side, and is connected to the LAN signal receiving circuit 415 to the positive input side. 另外,在AC耦合电容器414和终止电阻器412之间的连接点P2被连接到LAN信号发送电路411的负输出侧,且被连接到LAN信号接收电路415的负输入侧。 Further, the AC coupling capacitor 414 is connected to the connection point between the terminating resistor 412 to the negative output P2 LAN signal transmitting circuit 411 side, and is connected to the negative input of the LAN signal receiving circuit 415 side. 从CPU 20向LAN信号发送电路411的输入侧供应发送信号(发送数据)SG411。 20411 from the supply-side input transmission signal (transmission data) SG411 CPU of the LAN signal transmitting circuit.

[0184] 另外,LAN信号接收电路415的输出信号SG412被供应到减法电路416的正侧端,且从CPU 20向减法电路416的负侧端供应发送信号(发送数据)SG411。 [0184] Further, the output signal of the LAN signal reception circuit 415 SG412 is supplied to the positive side terminal of the subtraction circuit 416 and the transmission signal (transmission data) SG411 CPU 20 is supplied to the negative-side terminal of the subtraction circuit 416 from. 在减法电路416中,从LAN信号接收电路415的输出信号SG412减去发送信号SG411,且获得接收信号(接收数据)SG413。 In the subtracting circuit 416, the LAN signal receiving circuit 415 from the output signal SG412 of a transmission signal SG411 is subtracted, and obtains a reception signal (reception data) SG413. 接收信号SG413被供应到CPU 20。 Received signal SG413 is supplied to the CPU 20.

[0185] 另外,在上拉电阻器421和AC耦合电容器413之间的连接点Ql通过电阻器422和电容器423的串联电路被连接到地线。 [0185] Further, the ground line is connected to the pull-up resistor 421 and the AC coupling capacitor 413 is connected between points Ql through resistor 422 and the capacitor 423 in series circuit. 在电阻器422和电容器423之间的连接点处获得的低通滤波器的输出信号被供应到比较器424的一个输入端。 The output signal of the low pass filter obtained at the connection point between the resistor 422 and the capacitor 423 is supplied to one input terminal of the comparator 424. 在该比较器424中,低通滤波器的输出信号与被供应到另一输入端的参考电压Vrefl (+3.75V)比较。 In the comparator 424, the output signal of the low pass filter is supplied to the other input terminal of the reference voltage Vrefl (+ 3.75V) comparison. 比较器424的输出信号SG414被供应到CPU20。 Comparator output signal SG414 424 is supplied to the CPU20.

[0186] 另外,在AC耦合电容器414和下拉电阻器431之间的连接点Q2通过电阻器432和电容器433的串联电路被连接到地线。 [0186] Further, the connection point Q2 between the pulldown resistor 414 and the AC coupling capacitor is connected 431 to the ground through a series circuit of a resistor 432 and a capacitor 433. 在电阻器432和电容器433之间的连接点处获得的低通滤波器的输出信号被供应到比较器434的一个输入端。 The output signal of the low pass filter obtained at the connection point between the resistor 432 and the capacitor 433 is supplied to one input terminal of the comparator 434. 在比较器434中,低通滤波器的输出信号与被供应到另一输入端的参考电压Vref2(+1.4V)比较。 In the comparator 434, the output signal of the low pass filter is supplied to the other input terminal of the reference voltage Vref2 (+ 1.4V) comparison. 比较器434的输出信号SG415被供应到CPU 20。 Comparator output signal SG415 434 is supplied to the CPU 20.

[0187] 电视接收机30A包括LAN信号发送电路441、终止电阻器442、AC耦合电容器443和444、LAN信号接收电路445、减法电路446、上拉电阻器451、构成低通滤波器的电阻器452和电容器453、比较器454、扼流圈461、电阻器462和电阻器463。 [0187] The television receiver 30A includes the LAN signal transmitting circuit 441, terminating resistor 442, AC coupling capacitors 443 and 444, a LAN signal reception circuit 445, a subtraction circuit 446, a pull-up resistor 451 constituting a low-pass filter resistor 452 and a capacitor 453, a comparator 454, a choke coil 461, a resistor 462 and a resistor 463. 在此,高速数据线接口32A由LAN信号发送电路441、终止电阻器442、AC耦合电容器443和444、LAN信号接收电路445、和减法电路446构成。 Here, a high-speed data line interface 32A LAN signal transmitting circuit 441, terminating resistor 442, AC coupling capacitors 443 and 444, a LAN signal reception circuit 445, a subtracter circuit 446, and configured.

[0188] 在电源线(+5.0V)和地线之间连接电阻器462和电阻器463的串联电路。 [0188] In the power supply line (+ 5.0V) and a resistor connected between ground and a series circuit of resistors 462 463. 在电阻器462和电阻器463之间的连接点Pl与地线之间连接扼流圈461、AC耦合电容器444、终止电阻器442、AC耦合电容器443和下拉电阻器451的串联电路。 Pl between the connection point and the ground line 463 between the resistor 462 and the resistor connected to the choke coil 461, AC coupling capacitor 444, terminating resistor 442, AC coupling capacitors 443 and 451 pull-down resistor of the series circuit.

[0189] 在AC耦合电容器443和终止电阻器442之间的连接点P3被连接到LAN信号发送电路441的正输出侧,且被连接到LAN信号接收电路445的正输入侧。 [0189] In the AC coupling capacitor 443 and terminating resistor 442 is connected between the point P3 is connected to the LAN signal transmitting circuit 441 and the positive output side, and is connected to the LAN signal receiving circuit 445 to the positive input side. 另外,在AC耦合电容器444和终止电阻器442之间的连接点P4被连接到LAN信号发送电路441的负输出侧,且被连接到LAN信号接收电路445的负输入侧。 Further, the AC coupling capacitor is connected between the termination 444 and the resistor 442 to the negative output connection point P4 LAN signal transmission circuit 441 side, and is connected to the LAN signal receiving circuit 445 side of the negative input. 从以太网接口54向LAN信号发送电路441的输入侧供应发送信号(发送数据)SG417。 The LAN signal transmitting circuit 441 from the Ethernet interface 54 supply the input side of the transmission signal (transmission data) SG417.

[0190] 另外,LAN信号接收电路445的输出信号SG418被供应到减法电路446的正侧端,且从以太网接口54向减法电路446的负侧端供应发送信号SG417。 [0190] Further, the output signal of the LAN signal receiving circuit 445 SG418 is supplied to the positive side terminal of the subtraction circuit 446, and the negative terminal of the supply-side transmission signal SG417 from the Ethernet interface 54 to the subtraction circuit 446. 在减法电路446中,从LAN信号接收电路445的输出信号SG418减去发送信号SG417,且获得接收信号(接收数据)SG419。 In the subtraction circuit 446, the LAN signal receiving circuit 445 from the output signal SG418 of a transmission signal SG417 is subtracted, and obtains a reception signal (reception data) SG419. 接收信号(接收数据)SG419被供应到以太网接口54。 A reception signal (reception data) SG419 is supplied to the Ethernet interface 54.

[0191] 另外,在下拉电阻器451和AC耦合电容器443之间的连接点Q3通过电阻器452和电容器453的串联电路被连接到地线。 [0191] Further, in the pull-down resistor 451 and the connection point Q3 between 443 AC coupling capacitor is connected to ground through a series circuit of a resistor 452 and a capacitor 453. 在电阻器452和电容器453之间的连接点处获得的低通滤波器的输出信号被供应到比较器454的一个输入端。 The output signal of the low pass filter obtained at the connection point between the resistor 452 and the capacitor 453 is supplied to one input terminal of the comparator 454. 在比较器454中,低通滤波器的输出信号与被供应到另一输入端的参考电压Vref3(+1.25V)比较。 In the comparator 454, the output signal of the low pass filter is supplied to the other input terminal of the reference voltage Vref3 (+ 1.25V) comparison. 比较器454的输出信号SG416被供应到CPU 51 (未示出)。 Comparator output signal SG416 454 is supplied to the CPU 51 (not shown).

[0192] 在HDMI电缆I中包含的预留线501和HPD线502构成差分双绞线。 [0192] the reserved line 501 and HPD line included in the HDMI cable 502 form a differential twisted pair I. 预留线501的源侧端511被连接到HDMI端29的14-管脚,且预留线501的接收器侧端521被连接到HDMI端31的14-管脚。 Reserved source-side end 501 of the wire 511 is connected to the HDMI terminal pins 14- 29, and the receiver-side end of the reserved line 501 of the HDMI terminal 521 is connected to pin 14- 31. 另外,HPD线502的源侧端512被连接到HDMI端29的19-管脚,且HPD线502的接收器侧端522被连接到HDMI端31的19-管脚。 Further, the source-side end 512 of the HPD line 502 is connected to the HDMI terminal pins 19- 29, and the HPD line 502 of the receiver side terminal 522 is connected to 19-pin of the HDMI terminal 31.

[0193] 在视频摄像机记录器IOA中,在上述上拉电阻器421和AC耦合电容器413之间的连接点Ql被连接到HDMI端29的14-管脚。 [0193] In the IOA video camera recorder, it is connected to the HDMI terminal 29 in the above 14- pin pull-up resistor 421 and the connection point between Ql 413 AC coupling capacitor. 另外,在上述下拉电阻器431和AC耦合电容器414之间的连接点Q2被连接到HDMI端29的19-管脚。 Further, in the pull-down resistor 431 and the connection point between 414 AC coupling capacitor Q2 is connected to the pin 29 of the HDMI terminal 19-. 同时,在电视接收机30A中,在上述下拉电阻器451和AC耦合电容器443之间的连接点Q3被连接到HDMI端31的14-管脚。 Meanwhile, in the television receiver 30A, in the pull-down resistor 451 and the connection point between the coupling capacitor 443 AC 14- Q3 is connected to pin 31 of the HDMI terminal. 另外,在上述扼流圈461和AC耦合电容器444之间的连接点Q4被连接到HDMI端31的19-管脚。 Further, the HDMI terminal 31 is connected to the connection point Q4 between the choke coil 444 above AC coupling capacitor 461 and a 19-pin.

[0194] 接下来,将说明由如上配置的高速数据线接口28A和32A进行的LAN通信的操作。 [0194] Next, the operation will be explained as configured by the speed data line interface 28A and 32A for the LAN communication.

[0195] 在视频摄像机记录器IOA中,从系统控制CPU 20输出的发送信号(发送数据)SG411被供应到LAN信号发送电路411的输入侧,且从LAN信号发送电路411输出对应于发送信号SG411的差分信号(正输出信号和负输出信号)。 [0195] In the video camera recorder the IOA, from the system control output of the CPU 20 transmits a signal (transmission data) SG411 is supplied to the 411 input of the LAN signal transmitting circuit side, and corresponds to the transmission signal SG411 from the LAN 411 outputs a transmission circuit signal the differential signal (positive output signal and negative output signal). 从LAN信号发送电路411输出的差分信号被供应到连接点Pl和P2,并通过HDMI电缆I的一对线(预留线501和HPD线502)向电视接收机30A发送。 LAN signal is supplied a differential signal 411 outputted from the transmitting circuit to the connection point Pl and P2, and the line of the HDMI cable through a pair of I (reserved line 501 and HPD line 502) is transmitted to the television receiver 30A.

[0196] 另外,在电视接收机30A中,从CPU 51通过以太网接口54输出的发送信号(发送数据)SG417被供应到LAN信号发送电路441的输入侧,且LAN信号发送电路441输出对应于发送信号SG417的差分信号(正输出信号和负输出信号)。 [0196] Further, in the television receiver 30A, the CPU 51 SG417 is supplied through the transmission signal (transmission data) output from the Ethernet interface 54 to the input 441 of the LAN signal transmitting circuit side, and the LAN signal transmitting circuit 441 outputs corresponding to transmitting differential signal SG417 (positive output signal and negative output signal). 从LAN信号发送电路441输出的差分信号被供应到连接点P3和P4,并通过HDMI电缆I的一对线(预留线501和HPD线502)向视视频摄像机记录器IOA发送。 LAN signal is supplied a differential signal 441 outputted from the transmitting circuit to the connection points P3 and P4, and the line of the HDMI cable through a pair of I (reserved line 501 and HPD line 502) to view the video camera recorder IOA transmission.

[0197] 另外,在视频摄像机记录器IOA中,由于LAN信号接收单元415的输入侧被连接到连接点Pl和P2,因此通过将对应于从LAN信号发送电路411输出的差分信号(电流信号)的发送信号加到对应于上述从电视接收机30A发送的差分信号的接收信号而获得的相加信号,被获得作为LAN信号接收电路415的输出信号SG412。 [0197] Further, in the video camera recorder IOA, since the input side of the LAN signal receiving unit 415 is connected to the connection points Pl and P2, and therefore by the differential signal corresponding to the LAN signal 411 output from the transmitting circuit (current signal) from the transmission signal to the sum signal corresponding to the received signal of the differential signal transmitted from the television receiver 30A is obtained, is obtained as a LAN signal reception circuit 415 output signal SG412. 在减法电路416中,从LAN信号电路415的输出信号SG412中减去发送信号SG411。 In the subtraction circuit 416 subtracts transmission signal SG411 of the LAN signal from the circuit 415 in the output signal SG412. 因此,减法电路416的输出信号SG413对应于电视接收机30A的发送信号(发送数据)SG417。 Thus, the output signal SG413 of the subtractor 416 corresponds to the circuit of the transmission signal (transmission data) SG417 is a television receiver 30A.

[0198] 另外在电视接收机30A中,由于LAN信号接收单元445的输入侧被连接到连接点P3和P4,因此通过将对应于从LAN信号发送电路441输出的差分信号(电流信号)的发送信号加到对应于上述从视频摄像机记录器IOA发送的差分信号的接收信号而获得的相加信号,被获得作为LAN信号接收电路445的输出信号SG418。 [0198] Further, in the television receiver 30A, since the LAN signal receiving unit 445 is an input side is connected to the connection points P3 and P4, corresponding to the thus transmitted by the differential signal (current signal) 441 from the LAN signal transmitting circuit of the output signal to the sum signal corresponding to the received signal to obtain the difference signal transmitted from the video camera recorder of IOA, an output signal is obtained as a LAN signal reception circuit 445 SG418. 在减法电路446中,从LAN信号电路445的输出信号SG418中减去发送信号SG417。 In the subtraction circuit 446 subtracts transmission signal SG417 of the LAN signal from the circuit 445 in the output signal SG418. 因此,减法电路446的输出信号SG419对应于视频摄像机记录器IOA的发送信号(发送数据)SG411。 Thus, the output signal SG419 of the subtractor 446 corresponds to the circuit of the video camera recorder IOA transmission signal (transmission data) SG411.

[0199] 如上所述,可以在视频摄像机记录器IOA的高速数据线接口28A和电视接收机30A的高速数据线接口32A之间进行双向LAN通信。 [0199] As described above may be bidirectional LAN communication between the video camera recorder IOA speed data line interfaces 28A and 30A of the television receiver of high-speed data line interface 32A.

[0200] 根据图19所示的配置例子,在通过使用单个HDMI电缆I实现视频和音频数据的发送、连接的设备信息的交换和验证、设备控制数据的通信和LAN通信的接口中,由于通过差分传输路径对进行LAN通信作为双向通信,且根据至少一个传输路径的DC偏压来发出该接口的连接状态的通知,因此,可以实现其中既不物理地使用SCL线、也不物理地使用SDA线来用于LAN通信的空间分离。 [0200] According to the configuration example shown in FIG. 19, I realized the transmission of video and audio data by using a single HDMI cable, the interface information exchange and authentication of connected device, and LAN communication of apparatus control data, since the differential transmission paths as a bidirectional communication for LAN communication, and to notify the connection state of the interface of the DC bias voltage of the at least one transmission path, and therefore, neither of which can be physically implemented using the SCL line, the SDA is not physically separation space lines for LAN communication. 因此,由于这种划分,可以与为DDC定义的电子规范独立地形成用于LAN通信的电路。 Thus, due to this division, a circuit for LAN communication can be formed independently of the electronic specifications defined for the DDC. 因此,可以以低成本来实现稳定且可靠的LAN通信。 Thus, it is possible to achieve a stable and reliable low cost LAN communication.

[0201] 另外,在图19中,与上述LAN通信分离地,根据DC偏压电平通过HPD线502向视频摄像机记录器IOA发送HDMI电缆I被连接到电视接收机30A的事实。 [0201] Further, in FIG. 19, the above-described LAN communication separately, the DC bias level is transmitted to the video camera recorder IOA via the HPD line 502 HDMI I cable is connected to the fact that the television receiver 30A. 也就是说,当HDMI电缆I被连接到电视接收机30A时,在电视接收机30A中的电阻器462和463和扼流圈461使得HPD线502通过HDMI端31的19-管脚而偏压大约4V。 That is, when the HDMI cable is connected to the I the television receiver 30A, the resistor 30A in the television receiver 462 and 463 and choke coil 461 so that the HPD line 502 is biased by the pin 31 of the HDMI terminal 19- about 4V. 视频摄像机记录器IOA通过使用由电阻器432和电容器433组成的低通滤波器来提取HPD线502的DC偏压,并通过使用比较器434来比较DC偏压与参考电压Vref2 (例如1.4V)。 IOA video camera recorder to extract a DC bias of the HPD line 502 by using a low pass filter formed by resistor 432 and a capacitor 433 composed of, by using a comparator 434 to compare the DC bias with the reference voltage Vref2 (e.g 1.4V) .

[0202] 由于下拉电阻器431存在,因此当HDMI电缆I不被连接到电视接收机30A时,HDMI端29的19-管脚的电压低于参考电压Vref2。 [0202] Since the pull-down resistor 431 is present, so when I HDMI cable is not connected to the television receiver 30A, the voltage 19- pin HDMI terminal 29 is lower than the reference voltage Vref2. 同时,当HDMI电缆I被连接到电视接收机30A时,19-管脚的电压高于参考电压Vref2。 Meanwhile, when the HDMI cable is connected to the television receiver I. 30A, 19- pin voltage is higher than the reference voltage Vref2. 因此,当HDMI电缆I被连接到电视接收机30A时,比较器434的输出信号SG415处于高电平。 Thus, when the HDMI cable is connected to the television receiver I. 30A, the output signal SG415 of the comparator 434 is high. 同时,当HDMI电缆I不连接到电视接收机30A时,输出信号SG415处于低电平。 Meanwhile, when the HDMI cable is not connected to the television receiver I. 30A, the output signal SG415 is at a low level. 因此,视频摄像机记录器IOA的CPU 20能够根据比较器434的输出信号SG415来标识HDMI电缆I是否被连接到电视接收机30A。 Thus, the video camera recorder CPU 20 IOA HDMI cable can be identified from the output signal SG415 of the comparator 434 whether the television receiver is connected to the I 30A.

[0203] 另外,在图19中,提供如下功能:其根据预留线501的DC偏压电势而相互标识在HDMI电缆I的端处连接的设备是能够进行LAN通信的设备(此后,称为“e_HDMI兼容设备”)还是不能进行LAN通信的设备(此后,称为“e-HDMI不兼容设备”)。 [0203] Further, in FIG 19, provides the following functions: based on the reserved line 501 and a DC bias potential at each end of the connection identifies the HDMI cable device is a device capable of I (LAN communication hereinafter, referred to is "e_HDMI compatible device") or LAN communication apparatus can not be performed (hereinafter, referred to as "e-HDMI incompatible device").

[0204] 如上所述,视频摄像机记录器IOA通过使用电阻器421来上拉(+5V)预留线501,且电视接收机30A通过使用下拉电阻器451来下拉预留线501。 [0204] As described above, the video camera recorder IOA by using a pull-up resistor 421 to the (+ 5V) the reserved line 501, and the television receiver 30A by using a pull-down resistor 451 to pull down the reserved line 501. 电阻器421和451不存在于e-HDMI不兼容设备中。 Resistors 421 and 451 do not exist in e-HDMI incompatible equipment.

[0205] 视视频摄像机记录器IOA如上所述通过使用比较器424来比较流经由电阻器422和电容器423组成的低通滤波器的预留线501的DC电势与参考电压Vrefl。 [0205] IOA view video camera recorder 501 as described above by using a comparator 424 to compare the flow through the low pass filter formed by a resistor 422 and a capacitor 423 composed of a reserved line DC potential with a reference voltage Vrefl. 在电视接收机30A是e-HDMI兼容设备且下拉电阻器451存在的情况下,预留线501的电压是2.5V。 In the television receiver 30A is an e-HDMI compatible device and the pull-down resistor 451 is present case, the voltage of the reserved line 501 is 2.5V. 但是,在电视接收机30A是e-HDMI不兼容设备且下拉电阻器451不存在的情况下,由于上拉电阻器421的存在,预留线501的电压是5V。 However, in the television receiver 30A is an e-HDMI incompatible device and the pull-down resistor 451 in the case does not exist, due to the presence of the pull-up resistor 421, the voltage of the reserved line 501 is 5V.

[0206] 因此,通过将参考电压Vrefl设置为例如3.75V,比较器424的输出信号SG414在电视接收机30A是e-HDMI兼容设备的情况下处于低电平,而输出信号SG414在电视接收机30A不是e-HDMI兼容设备的情况下处于高电平。 [0206] Thus, by setting the reference voltage Vrefl, for example, 3.75V, comparator 424 output signal SG414 of the television receiver 30A is at the low level in the case of e-HDMI compatible device, the output signal SG414 of the television receiver 30A is not at the high level e-HDMI compatible device case. 因此,视频摄像机记录器IOA的CPU 20能够根据比较器424的输出信号SG414来标识电视接收机30A是否是e-HDMI兼容设备。 Thus, the video camera recorder IOA CPU 20 is able to identify from the output signal SG414 of the comparator 424 whether the television receiver 30A is an e-HDMI compatible equipment. [0207] 类似地,电视接收机30A如上所述通过使用比较器454来比较流经由电阻器452和电容器453组成的低通滤波器的预留线501的DC电势与参考电压Vref3。 [0207] Similarly, the television receiver 30A as described above by using a comparator 454 to compare the flow through the reserve line 452 by the resistor 453 and the capacitor composed of the low-pass filter 501 a DC potential with a reference voltage Vref3. 在视频摄像机记录器IOA是e-HDMI兼容设备且上拉电阻器421存在的情况下,预留线501的电压是 In the video camera recorder IOA is e-HDMI compatible device and the case where the pull-up resistor 421 is present, the voltage of the reserved line 501 is

2.5V。 2.5V. 但是,在视频摄像机记录器IOA是e-HDMI不兼容设备且上拉电阻器421不存在的情况下,由于下拉电阻器451的存在,预留线501的电压是0V。 However, in the video camera recorder IOA is e-HDMI incompatible device and the pull-up resistor 421 in the case does not exist, due to the presence of the pull-down resistor 451, the voltage of the reserved line 501 is 0V.

[0208] 因此,通过将参考电压Vref3设置为例如1.25V,比较器454的输出信号SG416在视频摄像机记录器IOA是e-HDMI兼容设备的情况下处于高电平,而输出信号SG416在视频摄像机记录器IOA不是e-HDMI兼容设备的情况下处于低电平。 [0208] Thus, by setting the reference voltage Vref3, for example, the output signal of 1.25V, SG416 of the comparator 454 in the video camera recorder IOA is at a high level in the case of e-HDMI compatible device, the output signal SG416 video camera IOA is not recorded at the low level e-HDMI compatible device case. 因此,电视接收机30A的CPU 51能够根据比较器454的输出信号SG416来标识视频摄像机记录器IOA是否是e-HDMI Thus, the CPU 51 of the television receiver 30A can be identified from the output signal SG416 of the comparator 454 whether the video camera recorder IOA is e-HDMI

兼容设备。 Compatible devices.

[0209] 注意可以在HDMI电缆I中提供图19所示的上拉电阻器421,而不在视频摄像机记录器IOA中提供。 [0209] Note that FIG. 19 may be provided in the HDMI cable I pull-up resistor 421, without providing a video camera recorder in the IOA. 在这种情况下,上拉电阻器421的各个端被连接到在HDMI电缆I中提供的线之间的、预留线501和被连接到电源(电源电势)的线(信号线)。 In this case, the respective ends of the pull-up resistor 421 is connected between lines provided in the HDMI cable I is reserved line 501 and is connected to the power supply (power supply potential) of lines (signal lines).

[0210] 另外,可以在HDMI电缆I中提供图19所示的下拉电阻器451和电阻器463,而不在电视接收机30A中提供。 [0210] Further, it is possible to provide the pull-down resistor 19 shown in FIG. I, the HDMI cable 451 and the resistor 463, and not provided in the television receiver 30A. 在这种情况下,下拉电阻器451的各个端被连接到在HDMI电缆I中提供的线之间的、预留线501和被连接到地(参考电势)的线(地线)。 In this case, the respective ends of the pull-down resistor 451 is connected between the lines provided in the HDMI cable I is reserved line 501 and the line (ground) is connected to ground (reference potential). 另外,电阻器363的各个端被连接到在HDMI电缆I中提供的线之间的、HPD线502和被连接到地(参考电势)的线(地线)。 Further, each end of the resistor 363 is connected to, the HPD line 502 and the line (ground) is connected to ground (reference potential) of lines provided between the HDMI cable I below.

[0211] 图20示出了通过上述高速数据线而发送的控制命令的数据结构的例子。 [0211] FIG. 20 shows an example of a data structure of a control command is transmitted through the high-speed data line. 通过该高速数据线,可以对任何数据结构进行控制。 , May be controlled by any of the data structure of a high-speed data line. 但是期望具有符合已经在近年来作为网络通信的标准的IP (因特网协议)的数据结构。 However, the data structure has been desirable to conform with IP (Internet Protocol) in recent years, as the standard of the communication network. 最后,配置图20所示的控制命令以便满足IP分组的有效负荷部分的数据结构。 Finally, the control command shown in FIG 20 is configured so as to satisfy the data structure of the payload portion of the IP packet. 也就是说,控制命令由表示控制命令的“Opcode (操作码)”、表示数据的整个长度的“Length (长度)”和数据本身的“Data (数据)”构成。 That is, the control command represented by the control command "the Opcode (opcode)", represents the entire data length of "the Length (length)" of the data itself and "the Data (data)" configuration.

[0212] 图21示出了在稍后描述的实施例中控制命令和用于控制序列的发送附加信息的定义。 [0212] FIG. 21 illustrates the definition of the additional information transmitted in the control sequence of the embodiment described later, a command for controlling. “Request Contents List (请求内容列表)”命令指示用于发出对内容列表的请求的命令,该命令从电视接收机(接收器设备)30A向视频摄像机记录器(源设备)IOA发送。 "Request Contents List (Content List Request)" indicates a command to issue a command to the content list request, the command 30A transmitted from the television receiver (sink device) to the video camera recorder (source device) IOA. 在要被发送的附加信息相对于“RequestContents List”而存在的情况下,从视频摄像机记录器(源设备)IOA向电视接收机(接收器设备)30A发送“Thumb Nail (缩略图)”命令。 In the additional information to be transmitted with respect to the "RequestContents List" exists in the case where, IOA transmission "Thumb Nail (thumbnail)" command to the television receiver (receiver device). 30A from the video camera recorder (source apparatus).

[0213] 作为“Thumb Nail”命令,Thumb Nail的ID号和附加信息(内容列表和缩略图数据)被发送作为数据部分。 [0213] As "Thumb Nail" command, Thumb Nail ID number and additional information (contents list and thumbnail image data) is transmitted as a data section. “Play Content”命令发出回放由用户选择的内容段的指令,且发送该内容段的编号作为数据部分。 "Play Content" command selected by a user instructs the playback of the content segment, and transmits the content ID as the data segment portion. “Select Input”命令是用于切换到与输出由用户选择的内容段的视频摄像机记录器(源设备)10A连接的HDMI端31的命令,且HDMI物理地址被发送作为数据部分。 "Select Input" command is a command for switching to a video camera connected to the recorder (source device) output by the user to select the content segment 1OA HDMI terminal 31, and the physical address of the HDMI is transmitted as a data section. 电视接收机(接收器设备)30A根据所发送的HDMI物理地址和当进行HDMI连接时读取的物理地址来标识HDMI端,且进行向HDMI输入的切换。 The television receiver (receiver apparatus) according to the HDMI. 30A physical address and a physical address transmitted when reading the HDMI-connected to the HDMI terminal identification, and to the HDMI input switching.

[0214] 接下来,将参考图22说明在该实施例中通过HDMI电缆I在视频摄像机记录器10A的HDMI端29和电视接收机30A的HDMI端31之间进行的数据发送的例子。 [0214] Next, with reference to FIG. 22 illustrates an example of data transmitted by the HDMI video camera recorder 10A is performed between the terminal and the HDMI terminal 29 of the television receiver 30A the HDMI cable 31 is I in this embodiment.

[0215] 该数据发送例子是进行如下处理的情况的例子:在该处理中,用户操作在电视接收机30A侧上的遥控发射器57 (见图18)以获取在视频摄像机记录器10A中的记录介质19中记录的各个视频内容段的列表,由视频摄像机记录器10A回放由用户根据该显示而选择的视频内容段,且在电视接收机30A上显示该视频内容。 [0215] The data transmission process example is a case where an example: In this process, the user operates the remote control transmitter 30A on the side of the television receiver 57 (see FIG. 18) for the video camera recorder. 10A listing each video segment content recorded on the recording medium 19, 10A by the video camera recorder playback by the user according to the display section of video content is selected, and displaying the video content on the television receiver 30A.

[0216] 首先,用户操作在遥控发射器57上排列的键,以使得在电视接收机30A的显示面板42上显示菜单屏幕(步骤S45)。 [0216] First, the user operates the remote control transmitter arranged on the key 57, so that the menu screen is displayed (step S45) on the television receiver 30A, a display panel 42. 由图形生成电路40在电视接收机30A的CPU 51的控制下生成该菜单屏幕。 Pattern generating circuit 40 generates a menu screen under the control of the CPU 51 of the television receiver 30A. 然后,当用户根据菜单屏幕进行用于从被连接到HDMI端31的设备获取内容列表的操作时,CPU 51通过使用高速数据线向作为通过HDMI端31而连接的设备的视频摄像机记录器IOA发送〈Request Contents List〉命令(步骤S46)。 Then, when the user according to the menu screen when the device is connected to the HDMI terminal 31 acquires the content list from the operation, CPU 51 sends a high-speed data line as the device connected via the HDMI terminal 31 of the video camera recorder using IOA <Request Contents List> command (step S46).

[0217] 当视频摄像机记录器IOA的系统控制CPU 20确定已经接收了〈RequestContentsList〉命令时,系统控制CPU 20对于在视频摄像机记录器IOA的记录介质19中记录的每段视频内容创建“Thumb Nail”命令,在该“Thumb Nail”命令中,数据部分包括缩略图的ID号和附加信息(内容列表和缩略图数据),并通过高速数据线重复地向电视接收机30A发送“Thumb Nail”命令(步骤S47-1 到步骤S47_n)。 [0217] When the video camera recorder IOA system control CPU 20 determined to have been received <RequestContentsList> command, the system control CPU 20 for recording the video camera recorder IOA recording medium 19 is created for each video content "Thumb Nail "command, the" Thumb Nail "command, the data portion includes an ID number, and additional information (contents list and thumbnail image data) of the thumbnail, and repeatedly transmitted to the television receiver 30A via the high-speed data line" Thumb Nail "command (step S47-1 to step S47_n).

[0218] 电视接收机30A的CPU 51在DRAM 53等中存储从视频摄像机记录器IOA发送的内容列表的数据和在列表中的各段视频内容的缩略图数据。 [0218] Data of the CPU 51 of the television receiver 30A in the content list stored in the DRAM 53 and the like transmitted from the video camera recorder IOA and thumbnail image data in each segment of video content list. 然后,CPU 51通过使用图形生成电路40根据该内容列表和缩略图数据来生成用于内容列表的显示屏幕,并在显示面板41上显示该内容列表(步骤S48)。 Then, CPU 51 by using the pattern generating circuit 40 generates a display screen for content list based on the contents list and thumbnail image data, and displays the content list (step S48) on the display panel 41. 在该情况下,在电视接收机30A的显示面板42上进行与上述在图1的AV系统5的电视接收机30中的内容列表的显示类似的显示(见图15)。 In this case, the display in the television receiver with the foregoing 30 AV system of FIG 5 similar display list (see FIG. 15) on the display panel 42 of the television receiver 30A.

[0219] 当用户操作遥控发射器57以从在显示面板42上显示的内容列表中选择具体的视频内容段时(步骤S49),电视接收机30A的CPU 51通过使用高速数据线向视频摄像机记录器IOA发送用于发出回放视频内容的指令的“PlayContent”命令(步骤ST50)。 [0219] When the user operates the remote control transmitter 57 is selected from the specific content of the video segments in the content list displayed on the display panel 42 (step S49), the CPU 51 of the television receiver 30A via the high-speed video camera records data line IOA instruction issuing unit for transmitting playback of video content "playContent" command (step ST50). 在“PlayContent”命令中,数据部分包括对应于由用户选择的视频内容段的缩略图的ID号。 In the "PlayContent" command, the data portion includes an ID number corresponding to the thumbnail selected by the user of the video content segments.

[0220] 接收了“Play Content”命令的视频摄像机记录器10A的系统控制CPU 20通过使用高速数据线向电视接收机30A发送“Select Input (选择输入)”命令(步骤S51),从记录介质19回放对应的视频内容段,通过HDMI端29输出回放的视频内容的数据,并向电视接收机30A发送该数据(步骤S52)。 [0220] receiving a "Play Content" command video camera recorder 10A through system control CPU 20 transmits "Select Input (selection input)" command to the television receiver 30A (step S51) high-speed data line, from the recording medium 19 playback of video content corresponding to segment, the data of the video content playback HDMI output terminal 29, the television receiver 30A to send the data (step S52). 通过使用用于视频数据的传输信道(TMDS信道#0、#1和#2)来进行视频内容的数据的发送。 Transmission channels by using a video data (TMDS channels # 0, # 1 and # 2) to transmit data to the video content.

[0221] 接收了“Select Input”命令的电视接收机30A进行向与视频摄像机记录器10A连接的HDMI端31的切换(步骤S53)。 [0221] received the "Select Input" command to switch the television receiver 30A is connected to the HDMI terminal 10A of the video camera recorder 31 (step S53). 因此,电视接收机30A进行对经由HDMI端31接收的视频(图像)和音频数据的输出处理,并进行对由用户选择的具体视频内容段的回放处理。 Thus, the television receiver 30A outputs the processing of the received HDMI terminal 31 via the video (image) and audio data, and playback processing selected by the user of the specific segment of video content.

[0222] 如上所述,如在上述图1中所示的AV系统5中,在图16所示的AV系统5A中,仅通过经由单个HDMI电缆I来连接视频摄像机记录器10A和电视接收机30A,可以向电视接收机30A发送在视频摄像机记录器10A侧中准备的内容列表和缩略图数据,且可以在电视接收机30A侧上显示内容列表。 I is connected to a video camera recorder and the television receiver 10A via a single HDMI cable [0222] As described above, as in the AV system 5 shown in FIG. 1 described above, in the AV system 5A shown in FIG. 16, only by 30A, it may transmit the content list and thumbnail data prepared in the video camera 10A side of the recorder to a television receiver 30A, and the content list may be displayed on the television receiver 30A side. 因此,用户能够理解在视频摄像机记录器10A中的记录介质19中记录的视频内容的细节,而无需操作视频摄像机记录器10A,可以轻易地从视频摄像机记录器10A回放需要的视频内容段,且可以进行回放的视频内容等的显示。 Thus, the user can understand the details of the video content recording medium in the video camera recorder 10A 19 recorded, without operating the video camera recorder 10A, can be easily from a video content segments video camera recorder 10A playback needs, and It can display playback of video content.

[0223] 另外,在图16所示的AV系统5A中,通过使用由组成HDMI电缆I的预留线(Ether-线)和HPD线(Ether+线)构成的高速数据线,进行从视频摄像机记录器10A向电视接收机30A的内容列表和缩略图数据的发送、以及在视频摄像机记录器10A和电视接收机30A之间的命令的发送和接收。 [0223] Further, in the AV system 5A shown in FIG. 16, by using a high-speed data line I consists of the HDMI cable reserve line (Ether- line) and the HPD line (Ether + line) constituted from a video camera for recording transmitting the contents list and thumbnail image data 30A to 10A of the television receiver, and transmitting and receiving commands between the video camera recorder and the television receiver 30A, 10A. [0224] 因此,例如,在用户从电视接收机30A侧发出请求内容列表的情况下,电视接收机30A侧能够立即从视频摄像机记录器IOA接收内容列表和缩略图数据。 [0224] Thus, for example, the case where the issue content list request, the television receiver side can IOA 30A receives the content list and thumbnail image data from the video camera is recorded immediately from the television receiver 30A in user side. 因此,可以平滑地进行内容列表的显示,且可以高进由用户进行的选择操作的性能。 Thus, it is possible to smoothly display the content list, and may be a high performance feed selection operation performed by the user.

[0225] 另外,例如在用户从显示的内容列表中选择了具体的视频内容段的情况下,立即向视频摄像机记录器IOA供应关于该具体的视频内容段的选择信息,且从视频摄像机记录器IOA向电视接收机30A发送对应于该选择信息的视频内容段。 [0225] Further, for example, when the user selects a particular case of video content segments from the content list displayed in the lower, immediately IOA supply selection information about the particular video content segments to a video camera recorder, and from the video camera recorder IOA transmitting information corresponding to the selected video content segments to the television receiver 30A. 因此,可以立即在图像显示中反映选择视频内容段的用户操作,且可以改进用户操作的性能。 Thus, a user operation can be immediately reflected in the video content selected in the image display section, and may improve the performance of a user operation.

[0226] 注意,虽然在图16所示的AV系统5A中示出了通过使用HDMI电缆I的预留线(Ether-线)和HPD线(Ether+线)来构成进行双向通信的通信单元的情况,但进行双向通信的通信单元的配置不局限于此。 [0226] Note that the case where the reserved line of the HDMI cable by using the I (Ether- line) and the HPD line (Ether + line) to constitute a communication unit of bidirectional communication while indicating the AV system 5A shown in FIG. 16 , but the configuration of the communication unit performs bidirectional communication is not limited thereto. 然后,将说明另一配置例子。 Next, another configuration example will be described. 在以下例子中,将提供说明,其中,视频摄像机记录器IOA用作源设备,且电视接收机30A用作接收器设备。 In the following example, explanations will be provided, wherein the video camera recorder IOA used as the source device and the television receiver 30A as a receiving device.

[0227] 图23示出了其中通过使用CEC线84和预留线88来进行基于半双工通信方法的IP通信的例子。 [0227] FIG. 23 shows an example in which IP communication based on half-duplex communication method by using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88 is performed. 注意,在图23中,由相同的标记来表示对应于图4中那些的部件,且以适当的方式省略那些部件的说明。 Note that, in FIG. 23, the same numerals indicate corresponding parts to those in FIG. 4, in an appropriate manner and description of those parts will be omitted.

[0228] 源设备的高速数据线接口28A包括转换单元131、解码单元132、开关133、开关控制单元121、和时序控制单元122。 Speed ​​data line [0228] the source device 28A includes an interface conversion unit 131, decoding unit 132, a switch 133, the switching control unit 121, and a timing control unit 122. 通过在源设备和接收器设备之间的双向IP通信,向转换单元131供应作为从源设备向接收器设备发送的数据的TX数据。 By bidirectional IP communication between the source device and the receiver device as a transmitter TX data to the receiving apparatus from a source device to a data conversion unit 131 supplies.

[0229] 转换单元131由例如差分放大器构成。 [0229] conversion unit 131 is configured by a differential amplifier. 转换单元131将所供应的Tx数据转换为由两个部分信号构成的差分信号。 The conversion unit 131 converts the supplied Tx data into a differential signal constituted of two partial signals. 另外,转换单元131通过CEC线84和预留线88向接收器设备发送通过转换而获得的差分信号。 Further, the conversion unit 13188 transmits the differential signal obtained by the conversion to the receiver device via the CEC line 84 and the reserved line. 也就是说,转换单元131通过CEC线84、更具体地、在源设备中提供且被连接到HDMI电缆I的CEC线84的信号线,向开关133供应构成通过转换而获得的差分信号的一个部分信号。 That is, the conversion unit 131 84, more specifically, there is provided and connected to the CEC line of the HDMI cable I signal line 84 in the source device via the CEC line, constituting a differential signal obtained by the conversion to the switch 133 supplies part of the signal. 转换单元131还通过预留线88、更具体地、在源设备中提供且被连接到HDMI电缆I的预留线88的信号线,向接收器设备供应构成差分信号的另一部分信号。 Conversion unit 131 through the reserved line 88, more specifically, there is provided in the source device and connected to the reserved line of the HDMI cable I signal line 88, constituting the other part signal of the differential signal to the receiver equipment.

[0230] 解码单元132是由例如差分放大器构成。 [0230] decoding unit 132 is configured by a differential amplifier. 差分放大器的输入端被连接到CEC线84和预留线88。 Input of the differential amplifier is connected to the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88. 解码单元132在时序控制单元122的控制下接收从接收器设备通过CEC线84和预留线88发送的差分信号,即,由在CEC线84上的部分信号和在预留线88上的部分信号构成的差分信号,将差分信号解码成作为原始数据的Rx数据,并输出该Rx数据。 Decoding unit 132 receives the differential signal from the receiver apparatus CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88 under the control transmitted by the timing control unit 122, i.e., the partial signal on the CEC line 84 and a portion on the reserved line 88 differential signal formed of the decoded differential signal into Rx data as the original data, and outputs the Rx data. 在此,Rx数据是通过在源设备和接收器设备之间的双向IP通信从接收器设备向源设备发送的数据。 Here, Rx data is the data transmission source device to a receiver device via the bidirectional IP communication between the source device and the receiver device.

[0231] 在数据发送时,向开关133供应来自源设备的控制单元(CPU)的CEC信号或来自转换单元131的构成对应于Tx数据的差分信号的部分信号。 [0231] When data transmission, supply control unit (CPU) to switch from the source device 133 or the CEC signal from the converting unit 131 constituting the partial signal of the differential signal corresponding to the Tx data. 在数据接收时,向开关133供应来自接收器设备的CEC信号或来自接收器设备的构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号。 When receiving the data, the CEC signal supplied from the receiver to the switch device 133 or from a receiver device constituting the partial signal of the differential signal corresponding to the Rx data. 在开关控制单元121的控制下,开关133选择来自控制单元(CPU)的CEC信号、来自接收器设备的CEC信号、构成对应于Tx数据的差分信号的部分信号、或构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号,并输出所选择的信号。 Under the control of the switching control unit 121, the switch 133 selects a CEC signal from the control unit (CPU), the CEC signal from the receiver device, constituting differential signal corresponding to Tx data portion of the signal, or a configuration corresponding to Rx data difference portion of the signal, and outputs the selected signal.

[0232] 也就是说,在源设备向接收器设备发送数据时,开关133选择从控制单元(CPU)供应的CEC信号或从转换单元131供应的部分信号,并通过CEC线84向接收器设备发送所选CEC信号或部分信号。 [0232] That is, the source device transmits data to a receiving device, the switch 133 selects CEC signal from the control unit (CPU) or the partial signal supplied from the conversion unit 131 is supplied, and to a receiver device via the CEC line 84 transmitting the selected CEC signal or partial signal. 另外,在源设备接收从接收器设备发送的数据时,开关133接收从接收器设备通过CEC线84发送的CEC信号、或对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号,并向控制单元(CPU)或解码单元132供应所接收的CEC信号或部分信号。 Further, the source device receives data transmitted from the receiver apparatus, the switch 133 from the receiver apparatus via the CEC line 84 transmits a CEC signal or partial signal corresponding to Rx data differential signal to the control unit (CPU) or CEC signal decoding unit 132 supplies the received partial signal or.

[0233] 开关控制单元121控制该开关133并以如下方式进行开关133的切换:选择被供应给开关133的信号中任何一个。 [0233] The switching control unit 121 controls the switch 133 and the switch 133 in such a way: select signal 133 is supplied to the switching of any one. 时序控制单元122控制由解码单元132进行的差分信号的接收的时序。 The timing control unit 122 controls the timing of receiving a differential signal by the decoding unit 132.

[0234] 另外,接收器设备的高速数据线接口32A包括转换单元134、解码单元136、开关135、开关控制单元124、和时序控制单元123。 [0234] Further, the high-speed data line interface 32A of the sink device includes a conversion unit 134, a decoding unit 136, switch 135, switch control unit 124, and a timing control unit 123. 转换单元134由例如差分放大器构成。 Conversion unit 134 is configured by a differential amplifier. Rx数据被供应给转换单元134。 Rx data is supplied to the conversion unit 134. 在时序控制单元123的控制下,转换单元134将所供应的Rx数据转换为由两个部分信号构成的差分信号,并通过CEC线84和预留线88向源设备发送通过转换而获得的差分信号。 Under control of the timing control unit 123, the conversion unit 134 converts the supplied Rx data into a differential signal constituted of two partial signals, and transmits the difference obtained by the conversion via the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88 to the source device signal.

[0235] 也就是说,转换单元134通过CEC线84、更具体地、在接收器设备中提供且被连接到HDMI电缆I的CEC线84的信号线,向开关135供应构成通过转换而获得的差分信号的一个部分信号。 [0235] That is, the conversion unit 134 via the CEC line 84, more specifically, there is provided in the receiver apparatus is connected to the HDMI cable and the CEC line I of the signal line 84, constituting the supply switch 135 to be obtained by conversion of a partial signal of the differential signal. 转换单元134还通过预留线88、更具体地、在接收器设备中提供且被连接到HDMI电缆I的预留线88的信号线,向源设备供应构成差分信号的另一部分信号。 Conversion unit 134 through the reserved line 88, more specifically, provide a receiver device and being connected to the reserved line of the HDMI cable I signal lines 88 constituting the other part signal of the differential signal to a supply source device.

[0236] 在数据接收时,向开关135供应来自源设备的控制单元的CEC信号或来自源设备的构成对应于Tx数据的差分信号的部分信号。 [0236] When receiving data, the control unit from a supply source to the switching device 135 CEC signal from the source device constituting or the partial signal of the differential signal corresponding to the Tx data. 在数据发送时,向开关135供应来自转换单元134的构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号或来自接收器设备的控制单元(CPU)的CEC信号。 When transmitting data, supplies constituting the differential signal corresponding to Rx data or the partial signal of the control unit from the receiver device (CPU), a CEC signal from the conversion unit 134 to the switch 135. 在开关控制单元124的控制下,开关135选择来自源设备的CEC信号、来自控制单元(CPU)的CEC信号、构成对应于Tx数据的差分信号的部分信号、或构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号,并输出所选择的信号。 Under the control of the switching control unit 124, the switch 135 selects a CEC signal from the source apparatus, the CEC signal from the control unit (CPU) constituting the differential signal corresponding to Tx data of the partial signal, or the configuration corresponding to Rx data differential signal partial signal, and outputs the selected signal.

[0237] 也就是说,在接收器设备向源设备发送数据时,开关135选择从接收器设备的控制单元(CPU)供应的CEC信号或从转换单元134供应的部分信号,并通过CEC线84向源设备发送所选CEC信号或部分信号。 [0237] That is, when the receiver device transmits data to the source device, the switch 135 selects a CEC signal from the receiver device of the control unit (CPU) supplied from the conversion unit 134 or the partial signal supplied, via the CEC line 84 and transmitting the selected CEC signal or partial signal to the source device.

[0238] 另外,在接收器设备接收从源设备发送数据时,开关135接收从源设备通过CEC线84发送的CEC信号、或对应于Tx数据的差分信号的部分信号,并向控制单元(CPU)或解码单元136供应所接收的CEC信号或部分信号。 [0238] Further, the switch 135 receives the data transmitted from the source device received by the receiver device from the source device transmits the CEC signal via the CEC line 84, or a differential signal corresponding to Tx data portion of the signal to the control unit (CPU ) or the decoding unit 136 supplies the received CEC signal or partial signal.

[0239] 解码单元136是由例如差分放大器构成。 [0239] decoding unit 136 is configured by a differential amplifier. 差分放大器的输入端被连接到CEC线84和预留线88。 Input of the differential amplifier is connected to the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88. 解码单元136接收从源设备通过CEC线84和预留线88发送的差分信号,即,由在CEC线84上的部分信号和在预留线88上的部分信号构成的差分信号,将差分信号解码成作为原始数据的Tx数据,并输出该Tx数据。 Decoding unit 136 receives the differential signal from the source apparatus CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88 is transmitted through, i.e., the differential signal constituted of the partial signal on line 84 and a portion CEC signals on the reserved line 88, the difference signal decoded into Tx data as the original data, and outputs the Tx data.

[0240] 开关控制单元124控制该开关135并以如下方式进行开关135的切换:选择被供应给开关135的信号中任何一个。 [0240] The switching control unit 124 controls the switch 135 and the switch 135 in such a way: select signal 135 is supplied to the switching of any one. 时序控制单元123控制由转换单元134进行的差分信号的发送的时序。 The timing control unit 123 controls transmission timing of a differential signal by the conversion unit 134.

[0241] 图24示出了其中通过使用CEC线84、预留线88、信号线(SDA线)(通过其发送SDA信号)和信号线(SCL线)(通过其发送SCL信号)来进行基于全双工通信方法的IP通信的例子。 [0241] FIG. 24 shows a case where by using the CEC line 84, the reserved line 88, a signal line (SDA line) (through which the SDA signal is transmitted) and a signal line (SCL line) (through which the SCL signal is transmitted) is performed based on examples of IP communication in a full duplex communication method. 注意,在图24中,由相同的标记来表示对应于在图23中的那些的部件,且将以适当的方式来省略那些部件的说明。 Note that, in FIG. 24, the same numerals as those corresponding parts in FIG. 23, and will be omitted in an appropriate manner to those components.

[0242] 源设备的高速数据线接口28A包括转换单元131、开关133、开关181、开关182、解码单元183、开关控制单元121、和开关控制单元171。 Speed ​​data line [0242] the source device 28A includes an interface conversion unit 131, a switch 133, switch 181, switch 182, a decoding unit 183, the switching control unit 121, and a switching control unit 171. [0243] 在数据发送时,向开关181供应来自源设备的控制单元(CPU)的SDA信号。 [0243] When transmitting data, the control unit from a supply source device (CPU), an SDA signal to the switch 181. 在数据接收时,向开关181供应来自接收器设备的SDA信号或来自接收器设备的构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号。 When data is received, the SDA signal supplied from the receiver to the switch device 181 or from a receiver device constituting the partial signal of the differential signal corresponding to the Rx data. 在开关控制单元171的控制下,开关181选择来自控制单元(CPU)的SDA信号、来自接收器设备的SDA信号、或构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号,并输出所选择的信号。 Under the control of the switching control unit 171, the switch 181 selects the SDA signal from the control unit (CPU), the SDA signal from the receiver device, or a component signal corresponding to Rx data differential signal, and outputs the selected signal.

[0244] 也就是说,在源设备接收从接收器设备发送的数据时,开关181接收从接收器设备通过SDA线191 (这是通过其发送SDA信号的信号线)发送的SDA信号、或对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号,并向控制单元(CPU)或解码单元183供应所接收的SDA信号或部分信号。 [0244] That is, the switch 181 receives the SDA signal (which is a signal line through which the SDA signal is transmitted) is transmitted from the receiver apparatus via the SDA line 191 receives data transmitted from the source device receives, or a corresponding the partial signal of the differential signal to Rx data to the control unit (CPU) or the decoding unit 183 supplies the received SDA signal or partial signal.

[0245] 另外,在源设备向接收器设备发送数据时,开关181通过SDA线191向接收器设备发送从控制单元(CPU)供应的SDA信号或不向接收器设备发送信号。 [0245] Further, when the apparatus for transmitting data, the switch 181 transmits the SDA signal receiver device from the control unit (CPU) supplied via the SDA line 191 or transmits no signal to the receiver at the source device to the receiver device.

[0246] 在数据发送时,向开关182供应来自源设备的控制单元(CPU)的SCL信号。 [0246] When data transmission from a source device supply control unit (CPU) of the SCL signal to the switch 182. 在数据接收时,向开关182供应来自接收器设备的构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号。 When receiving data, supply the differential signal corresponding to Rx data from the partial signal constituting the receiver device 182 to the switch. 在开关控制单元171的控制下,开关182选择SCL信号、或构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号,并输出所选择的信号。 Under the control of the switching control unit 171, the switch 182 selects the SCL signal or the differential signal corresponding to Rx configuration data portion of the signal, and outputs the selected signal.

[0247] 也就是说,在源设备接收从接收器设备发送的数据时,开关182接收对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号,其中,该部分信号通过SCL线192从接收器设备发送,且SCL线192是通过其发送SCL信号的信号线,并向解码单元183供应所接收的部分信号,或不接收信号。 [0247] That is, the switch 182 receives the data corresponding to the Rx data of the differential signal transmission apparatus is received from the source device a signal receiving portion, wherein the portion of signal 192 transmitted from the receiver apparatus via the SCL line, and SCL line 192 is a signal transmission line through which the SCL signal, and part of the signal decoding unit 183 supplies the received signals received or not.

[0248] 另外,在源设备向接收器设备发送数据时,开关182通过SCL线192向接收器设备发送从源设备的控制单元(CPU)供应的SCL信号或不发送信号。 [0248] Further, when the apparatus for transmitting data source device, the switch 182 SCL signal via the SCL line 192 is sent to the receiving apparatus from a source device of the control unit (CPU) supplied or not send the signal to the receiver.

[0249] 解码单元183是由例如差分放大器构成。 [0249] The decoding unit 183 is configured by a differential amplifier. 差分放大器的输入端被连接到SDA线191和SCL线192。 Input of the differential amplifier is connected to the SDA line 191 and SCL line 192. 解码单元183接收从接收器设备通过SDA线191和SCL线192发送的差分信号,即,由在SDA线191上的部分信号和在SCL线192上的部分信号构成的差分信号,将差分信号解码成作为原始数据的Rx数据,并输出该Rx数据。 Decoding unit 183 receives the differential signal receiver apparatus transmitted through the SDA line 191 and the SCL line 192 from, i.e., the differential signal constituted of the partial signal on the SDA line 191 and the partial signal on the SCL line 192, the differential signal decoding into Rx data as the original data, and outputs the Rx data

[0250] 开关控制单元171控制该开关181和开关182并以如下方式进行开关181和开关182的切换:开关181和开关182的每个选择被供应的信号的任何一个。 [0250] The switching control unit 171 controls the switch 181 and the switch 182 and switch 181 and switch 182 in the following manner: any switch 181 and a selection signal is supplied to each of the switch 182.

[0251] 另外,构成接收器设备的高速数据线接口32A包括转换单元184、开关135、开关185、开关186、解码单元136、开关控制单元172、和开关控制单元124。 [0251] Further, the apparatus constituting the receiver speed data line interface 32A includes a conversion unit 184, switch 135, switch 185, switch 186, a decoding unit 136, the switching control unit 172, and a switching control unit 124.

[0252] 转换单元184由例如差分放大器构成。 [0252] conversion unit 184 is configured by a differential amplifier. Rx数据被供应给转换单元184。 Rx data is supplied to the conversion unit 184. 转换单元184将所供应的Rx数据转换为由两个部分信号构成的差分信号,并通过SDA线191和SCL线192向源设备发送通过转换而获得的差分信号。 The conversion unit 184 converts the supplied Rx data into a differential signal constituted of two partial signals, and transmits the differential signal obtained by the conversion by the SDA line 191 and the SCL line 192 to the source device. 也就是说,转换单元184通过开关185向源设备发送构成通过转换而获得的差分信号的一个部分信号并通过开关186向源设备发送构成差分信号的另一部分信号。 That is, the conversion unit 184 transmits one partial signal constituting the differential signal obtained by the conversion via the switch 186 and the other partial signal to the source device to transmit the differential signal to the source device via the switch 185.

[0253] 在数据发送时,向开关185供应来自转换单元184的构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号或来自接收器设备的控制单元(CPU)的SDA信号。 [0253] When transmitting data, supplies constituting the differential signal corresponding to Rx data or the partial signal from the control unit of the receiver device (CPU), an SDA signal from the conversion unit 184 to switch 185. 在数据接收时,向开关185供应来自源设备的SDA信号。 When data reception, an SDA signal supplied from the source device to the switch 185. 在开关控制单元172的控制下,开关185选择来自控制单元(CPU)的SDA信号、或构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号,并输出所选择的信号。 Under the control of the switching control unit 172, the switch 185 select the SDA signal from the control unit (CPU) or the partial signal constituting the differential data corresponding to Rx signal, and outputs the selected signal.

[0254] 也就是说,在接收器设备接收从源设备发送的数据时,开关185接收通过SDA线191从源设备发送的SDA信号,且向控制单元(CPU)供应所接收的SDA信号,或不接收信号。 [0254] That is, the switch 185 receives the data received by the receiver device from the source device transmits the SDA signal is transmitted from the source device via the SDA line 191 and the (CPU) supplies the received SDA signal to the control unit, or not receiving signals.

[0255] 另外,在接收器设备向源设备发送数据时,开关185通过SDA线191向源设备发送从控制单元(CPU)供应的SDA信号或从转换单元184供应的部分信号。 [0255] Further, when the source device transmits data to the receiver device, the switch 185 transmits the partial signal (CPU) supplied from the control unit via the SDA line 191 to the source device or the SDA signal supplied from the conversion unit 184.

[0256] 在数据发送时,向开关186供应来自转换单元184的构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号或来自接收器设备的控制单元(CPU)的SDA信号。 [0256] When transmitting data, supplies constituting the differential signal corresponding to Rx data or the partial signal of the control unit from the receiver device (CPU), an SDA signal from the conversion unit 184 to the switch 186. 在数据接收时,向开关186供应来自源设备的SCL信号。 When receiving data, supplied SCL signal from the source device to the switch 186. 在开关控制单元172的控制下,开关186选择构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号或SCL信号,并输出所选择的信号。 Under the control of the switching control unit 172, the switch 186 selects the SCL signal or the partial signal constituting corresponding to Rx data differential signal, and outputs the selected signal.

[0257] 也就是说,在接收器设备接收从源设备发送的数据时,开关186接收通过SCL线192从源设备发送的SCL信号,且向控制单元(CPU)供应所接收的SCL信号,或不接收信号。 [0257] That is, the switch 186 receives the data received by the receiver device from the source device transmits the SCL signal is transmitted from the source device via the SCL line 192, and the (CPU) supplies the received SCL signal to the control unit, or not receiving signals.

[0258] 另外,在接收器设备向源设备发送数据时,开关186通过SCL线192向源设备发送从转换单元184供应的部分信号,或不发送信号。 [0258] Further, when the source device transmits data to the receiving device, the switch 186 transmits the partial signal to the source device through the SCL line 192184 supplied from the conversion unit, or no signal.

[0259] 开关控制单元172控制开关185和开关186且以如下方式进行开关185和开关186的切换:开关185和开关186的每个选择被供应的信号的任何一个。 [0259] The switching control unit 172 controls the switch 185 and the switch 186 and the switching switch 186 and the switch 185 in the following manner: each of the switch 185 and any of a selection signal supplied from the switch 186.

[0260] 顺带提及,在源设备和接收器设备进行IP通信的情况下,根据源设备和接收器设备的每个的配置确定是否可以进行半双工通信和是否可以进行全双工通信。 [0260] Incidentally, in the case of IP communication, whether half duplex communication is determined, and whether full duplex communication in accordance with the configuration of each of the source device and the receiver device in the source device and the receiver device. 因此,通过参考从接收器设备接收的E-EDID,源设备基于CEC信号的发送和接收来确定进行半双工通信、全双工通信还是双向通信。 Thus, the E-EDID received by the receiver device, the source device transmits and receives CEC signals is determined based on half duplex communication, full duplex communication, or bidirectional communication through reference.

[0261] 由源设备接收的E-EDID由例如图25所示的基本块和扩展块构成。 [0261] E-EDID received by the source device is constituted by, for example, basic block and an extended block as shown in 25 in FIG.

[0262] 在E-EDID的基本块的第一部分中,排列由以“E-EDID1.3基本结构”为代表的E-EDID1.3的标准所定义的数据。 [0262] In the first part of the basic block of E-EDID data is arranged in a "E-EDID1.3 Basic Structure" is represented by the E-EDID1.3 standard defined. 然后,排列由用于维持与传统EDID的兼容性的“优选时序(Preferred timing) ”表示的时序信息和由用于维持与传统EDID的兼容性的、不同于“优选时序”的“第二时序”所表示的时序信息。 Then, the timing information from the arrangement compatibility "is preferably a timing (Preferred timing)" for maintaining the conventional EDID represented by a and for maintaining compatibility with the conventional EDID, different from "Preferred timing" and "second timing "the timing information represents.

[0263] 另外,在基本块中,在“第二时序”之后,按顺序排列由“监视器名称(MonitorNAME) ”所表示的、用于指示显示设备的名称的信息和由“监视器范围限制”表示的、用于指示在宽高比为4: 3和16: 9的情况下可以显示的像素的数量的信息。 [0263] Further, in the basic block, after the "second timing", arranged in order from the "Monitor Name (MonitorName)" represented by a display device for indicating the name of the information by the "Monitor Range Limits information on the number of pixels can be displayed in the case of 9: 3 and 16: "represents, for indicating the aspect ratio of 4.

[0264] 同时,在扩展块的第一部分中,排列由关于左右扬声器的“扬声器配置”所表示的信息。 [0264] Meanwhile, in the first portion of the expansion block, information on right and left speakers arranged in "Speaker Configuration" represented by the. 然后,按顺序排列由描述关于可以显示的图像的尺寸的信息的“VIDEO SHORT(视频简介)”所表示的数据、帧速率和隔行或逐行、以及关于宽高比等的信息、由描述关于可以回放的音频编解码方法的信息的“AUDIO SHORT (音频简介)”所表示的数据、采样频率、截止(cutoff)频率、数字(number)编解码比特等以及由关于左右扬声器的“扬声器配置”所表示的信息。 Then, in sequence data described by the information about the size of an image can be displayed in the "VIDEO SHORT (Video Profile)" represented by the frame rate information and the interlaced or progressive, and on the aspect ratio and the like, the description of data "aUDIO SHORT (audio Profile)" represented by a sampling frequency, cutoff (the cutoff) frequency, number (number) codec bit information of the audio encoding and decoding method can be played back, and the like, and "speaker configuration" by the left-right speaker information indicated.

[0265] 另外,在扩展块中,在“扬声器配置”之后,排列了由对每个制造商唯一地定义的“厂商专用”所表示的数据、由用于维持与传统EDID的兼容性的“第三时序”所表示的时序信息、和由用于维持与传统EDID的兼容性的“第四时序”所表不的时序信息。 [0265] Further, in the extended block, after "speaker configuration", by the arrangement of the data "Vender Specific" uniquely defined for each manufacturer represented by the for maintaining compatibility with the conventional EDID " third timing "timing information represented by a and for maintaining compatibility with the conventional EDID" of table IV timing "no timing information.

[0266] 另外,由“厂商专用”表示的数据具有在图26中示出的数据结构。 [0266] Further, the data from the "Vendor Specific" has a data structure shown in FIG. 26 in. 也就是说,在由“厂商专用”表示的数据中,提供第O到第N块,其每个是I字节的块。 That is, the data from the "Vendor Specific" is provided of O to N-th blocks each of which is I byte block.

[0267] 在由“厂商专用”表示的数据的第一部分中放置的第O块中,排列由用于指示数据“厂商专用”的数据域的“厂商专用标记码(=3)”所表示的头、和用于指示数据“厂商专用”的长度的“长度(=N) ”所表示的信息。 [0267] In a first part placed in block O "Vender Specific" represented by the data, the arrangement for indicating the data "Vender Specific" data field "Vendor Specific tag code (= 3)" represented by head, and means for indicating data "vendor specific" and "length (= N)" information indicates the length. [0268] 另外,在第I到第3块中,排列由用于指示为HDMI(R)而注册的号“0x000C03”的“24比特IEEE注册标识符(0X000C03) ”所表示的信息。 [0268] In the first to third block I, the arrangement for indicating to the HDMI (R) registered number "0x000C03" to "24-bit IEEE Registration Identifier (0x000C03)" represented by the information. 另外,在第4到第5块中,排列由用于指示接收器设备的24比特物理地址的“A”、“B”、“C”和“D”分别表示的信息。 In the first 4 to 5, the arrangement information by the receiver device for indicating the 24-bit physical address "A", "B", "C" and "D" represented respectively.

[0269] 在第6块中,排列由用于指示由接收器设备支持的功能的“支持-Al”所表示的标记、由用于指定每个像素的比特数的“DC-48比特”、“DC-36比特”和“DC-30比特”所分别表示的信息、由用于指示接收器设备是否支持YCbCr4:4:4的图像的发送的“DC-Y444”所表示的标记、和由指示接收器设备是否支持双(dual) DVI (数字视觉接口)的“DV1-双”所表示的标记。 [0269] In the sixth block, a flag for indicating the arrangement by the function of the receiver device supports "Support -Al" represented by a specified number of bits for each pixel of the "DC-48 bit", information "DC-36 bit", and "DC-30 bit", respectively, as indicated, by the support YCbCr4 for indicating the receiver device: sending an image tag 4 "DC-Y444" represented by a and: 4 It indicates the receiver device supports bis (dual) DVI (digital visual Interface) "DV1- double" flag indicated.

[0270] 另夕卜,在第7块中,排列由用于指示TMDS的像素时钟的最大频率的“Max-TMDS-Clock(最大TMDS时钟)”所表示的信息。 [0270] Another Bu Xi, in the seventh block, information arranged by the "Max-TMDS-Clock (maximum TMDS clock)" for the maximum frequency of TMDS pixel clock indicating represented. 另外,在第8块中,排列由用于指示视频和音频延迟信息的存在或不存在的“反应时间(Latency) ”所表示的标记、由用于指示是否可以进行全双工通信的“全双工”所表示的全双工标记、和由用于指示是否可以进行半双工通信的“半双工”所表示的半双工标记。 Further, in the eighth block, the arrangement of the video and audio delay for indicating the presence or absence of information "reaction time (Latency)" mark represented by a for indicating whether full duplex communication of the "full half duplex flag "Full duplex mark represented and whether half duplex communication can be performed by indicating" duplex Half duplex "represented.

[0271] 在此,例如,设置全双工标记(例如,设置为“I”)指示接收器设备具有进行全双工通信,即接收器设备具有图24所示的配置。 [0271] Here, for example, the full duplex flag (e.g., set to "I") indicating the receiver device has a full duplex communication, i.e., the receiver device 24 has the configuration shown in FIG. 复位全双工标记(例如,设置为“O”)指示接收器设备不具有进行全双工通信的功能。 Reset full duplex flag (e.g., set to "O") indicates the receiver device does not have the full duplex communication function.

[0272] 类似地,设置半双工标记(例如,设置为“I”)指示接收器设备具有进行半双工通信,即接收器设备具有图23所示的配置。 [0272] Similarly, the half duplex flag (e.g., set to "I") indicates the receiver apparatus having a half-duplex communication, i.e., the receiver device has the configuration shown in FIG. 23. 复位半双工标记(例如,设置为“O”)指示接收器设备不具有进行半双工通信的功能。 Reset half duplex flag (e.g., set to "O") indicates the receiver device does not have the half duplex communication function.

[0273] 另外,在由“厂商专用”所表示的数据的第9块中,排列由“视频反应时间”表示的逐行视频的延迟时间数据。 [0273] Further, in the ninth block of data from the "Vendor Specific" represented by the arranged delay time data of a progressive video "video response time" represents. 在第10块中,排列由“音频反应时间”所表示的与逐行视频相关的音频的延迟时间数据。 In the tenth block, delay time data arrangement associated with the progressive video, audio "audio response time" represents. 另外,在第11块中,排列由“隔行视频反应时间”所表示的隔行视频的延迟时间数据。 Further, in the eleventh block, delay time data of interlaced video are arranged by "Interlaced Video reaction time" represents. 在第12块中,排列由“隔行音频反应时间”所表示的与隔行视频相关的音频的延迟时间数据。 In the twelfth block, delay time data arrangement associated with the interlaced video and audio by "Interlaced Audio response time" represents.

[0274] 源设备根据在从接收器设备接收的E-EDID中包含的全双工标记和半双工标记,基于CEC信号的发送和接收来确定是进行半双工通信、全双工通信还是双向通信。 [0274] The source device according to full-duplex flag and half duplex flag contained in E-EDID received from the receiver device to transmit and receive CEC signals is determined based on a half duplex communication, full duplex communication or two-way communication. 然后,根据确定结果,源设备进行与接收器设备的双向通信。 Then, based on the determination result, two-way communication with the source device to the receiver device.

[0275] 例如,在源设备具有图23所示的配置的情况下,源设备能够与图23所示的接收器设备进行半双工通信,而源设备不能与图24所示的接收器设备进行半双工通信。 Case of the configuration [0275] For example, in the source device shown in FIG. 23 having the source device shown in FIG. 23 can be a receiver apparatus duplex communication, the source device can not receive the device 24 shown in FIG. half-duplex communication. 然后,当源设备的电源接通时,源设备开始通信过程,且进行对应于被连接到源设备的接收器设备的功能的双向通信。 Then, when the power source device is turned on, the source device starts a communication process, and two-way communication function corresponding to the source device is connected to the receiver device.

[0276] 然后,将参考图27的流程图来说明由图23所示的源设备进行的通信过程。 [0276] Next, with reference to the flow chart 27 will be described during the communication source apparatus 23 is shown in FIG. FIG.

[0277] 在步骤Sll中,源设备确定新的电子设备是否连接到源设备。 [0277] In step Sll, the source device determines whether a new electronic apparatus is connected to the source device. 例如,源设备根据被施加到与HH)线86相连接的、被称为热插拔检测的管脚的电压的量值来确定是否连接了新的电子设备(接收器设备)。 For example, the source device determines whether a new electronic apparatus is connected (receiver apparatus) in accordance with the magnitude of the voltage applied to, is called a hot plug detect pin and HH) is connected to the line 86.

[0278] 在步骤Sll中确定未连接新的电子设备的情况下,由于未进行通信,因此通信过程结束。 [0278] the determination of a new electronic apparatus is not connected in step Sll is the case, since communication is not performed, thus ending the communication process. 同时,在步骤Sll确定连接了新的电子设备的情况下,在步骤S12中,开关控制单元121控制开关133,并以如下方式进行开关133的切换:在数据发送时选择来自源设备的控制单元(CPU)的CEC信号且在数据接收时选择来自接收器设备的CEC信号。 Meanwhile, at step Sll to determine the connection of a new electronic device case, in step S12, the switching control unit 121 controls the switch 133 and the switch 133 in such a manner that: the selection control means from the source device at the time of data transmission (CPU) and the CEC signal CEC signal from the receiver device at the time of data reception. [0279] 在步骤S13中,源设备接收从接收器设备通过DDC 83发送的E-EDID。 [0279] In step S13, E-EDID transmitted from the source device receives the receiver device via DDC 83. 也就是说,当检测到源设备的连接时,接收器设备从EDID R0M85读取E-EDID,并通过DDC 83向源设备发送所读取的E-EDID。 That is, when the device is connected to the source is detected, the receiver device reads E-EDID from the EDID R0M85, and the read E-EDID to the source device by transmitting DDC 83. 因此,源设备接收从接收器设备发送的E-EDID。 Thus, E-EDID transmitted from the source device receives the receiver device.

[0280] 在步骤S14中,源设备确定是否可以进行与接收器设备的半双工通信。 [0280] In step S14, the source device determines whether half duplex communication with the receiver device. 也就是说,通过参考从接收器设备接收的E-EDID,源设备确定是否设置了图26所示的半双工标记“半双工”。 That is, the E-EDID received by the receiver device, the source device determines whether the half duplex flag is set as shown in FIG. 26, "half-duplex" by reference. 例如,在设置了半双工标记的情况下,源设备确定可以进行基于半双工通信方法的双向IP通信,也就是说半双工通信。 For example, in a case where the half-duplex flag is set, the source device determines the bidirectional IP communication can be based on half-duplex communication method, i.e. half-duplex communication.

[0281] 在步骤S14中确定可以进行半双工通信的情况下,在步骤S15中,源设备通过开关133和CEC线84向接收器设备发送指示将进行使用CEC线84和预留线88的基于半双工通信方法的IP通信的信号,作为指示要用于双向通信的信道的信道信息。 [0281] determination may be carried out in the half duplex communication, at step S15, the source device using the CEC line will be through the switch 133 and the CEC line 84 to the transmitter 84 and the receiver device indicating reserved line 88 in step S14 IP communication based on a signal of the half duplex communication method, as an indication of the channel to be used for bidirectional communication channel information.

[0282] 也就是说,在设置了半双工标记的情况下,源设备理解,接收器设备具有图23所示的配置,且能够使用CEC线84和预留线88进行半双工通信。 [0282] That is, in the case where the half duplex flag is set, the source device appreciated that the receiver device has the configuration shown in FIG. 23, and is capable of using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88, half duplex communication. 因此,源设备向接收器设备传输信道信息,并通知接收器设备将进行半双工通信。 Thus, the source apparatus to the receiver apparatus information transmission channel, and notifies the receiver device half duplex communication.

[0283] 在步骤S16中,开关控制单元121控制开关133并以如下方式进行开关133的切换:在数据发送时选择来自转换单元131的、对应于Tx数据的差分信号且在数据接收时选择来自接收器设备的对应于Rx数据的差分信号。 [0283] In step S16, the switching control unit 121 controls the switch 133 and the switch 133 in the following way: select data transmission from the conversion unit 131, corresponding to the Tx data differential signal and selects from the data received receiver device the differential signal corresponding to Rx data.

[0284] 在步骤S17中,源设备的每个单元根据半双工通信方法来进行与接收器设备的双向IP通信。 [0284] In step S17, each unit of the source device performs bi-directional IP communication with the receiver device according to the half duplex communication method. 然后,通信过程结束。 Then, the communication process is completed. 也就是说,在数据发送时,转换单元131将从控制单元(CPU)供应的Tx数据转换为差分信号,向开关133供应构成通过转换而获得的差分信号的一个部分信号,并通过预留线88向接收器设备供应另一部分信号。 That is Tx data, at the time of data transmission, the conversion unit 131 supplied from the control unit (CPU) into a differential signal, supplies one partial signal constituting the differential signal obtained by the conversion to the switch 133 supplies, through the reserve line and supplying another portion of the apparatus 88 to the signal receiver. 开关133通过CEC线84向接收器设备发送从转换单元131供应的部分信号。 The partial signal supplied from the conversion unit 131 transmits to the receiver switching apparatus 133 via the CEC line 84. 因此,从源设备向接收器设备发送对应于Tx数据的差分信号。 Therefore, the transmission data Tx corresponding to the differential signal from a source device to a receiver device.

[0285] 另外,在数据接收时,解码单元132接收从接收器设备发送的对应于Rx数据的差分信号。 [0285] Further, when the data reception, the decoding unit 132 receives the differential signal corresponding to the Rx data transmitted from the receiver apparatus. 也就是说,开关133接收对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号,其中该差分信号通过CEC线84从接收器设备发送,且开关133向解码单元132供应所接收的部分信号。 That is, the switch 133 receives the partial signal of the differential signal corresponding to Rx data, wherein the portion of the received signal transmitted from the receiver apparatus, and the switch 133 to the decoding unit 132 supplies a differential 84 through the CEC line. 在时序控制单元122的控制下,解码单元132将由从开关133供应的部分信号和从接收器设备通过预留线88供应的部分信号所构成的差分信号解码为作为原始数据的Rx数据,并向控制单元(CPU)输出Rx数据。 Under control of the timing control unit 122, by the portion of the signal supplied from the switch 133 and the decoding unit 132 decodes the differential signal from the receiver apparatus via the reserved line portion 88 supplies a signal constituted of Rx data as the original data, and The control unit (CPU) outputs the Rx data.

[0286] 因此,源设备向接收器设备发送且从接收器设备接收诸如控制数据、像素数据和音频数据的各种数据。 [0286] Accordingly, the source device transmits to the receiver device receives data and various data of the pixel data and audio data, such as controlling the receiver apparatus.

[0287] 同时,在步骤S14中确定不能进行半双工通信的情况下,源设备在步骤S18中通过进行CEC信号的发送和接收来进行与接收器设备的双向通信。 The [0287] Meanwhile, it is determined in step S14 that half duplex communication is not possible case, in step S18 the source device by transmitting and receiving CEC signals to perform bidirectional communication with a receiver device. 然后,通信过程结束。 Then, the communication process is completed.

[0288] 也就是说,源设备通过在数据发送时通过开关133和CEC线84向接收器设备发送CEC信号并在数据接收时接收通过开关133和CEC线84从接收器设备发送的CEC信号,来向接收器设备发送和从接收器设备接收控制数据。 [0288] That is, the source device by transmitting data through the switch 133 and the CEC line 84 transmits the CEC signal to the receiver apparatus and receiving data received through the CEC signal switch 133 and the CEC line 84 transmitted from the receiver apparatus, to transmit and receive control data from the receiver device to the receiver device.

[0289] 如上所述,由于以选择要发送的数据和要接收的数据方式进行开关133的切换,且通过使用CEC线84和预留线来进行与接收器设备的半双工通信、即基于半双工通信方法的IP通信,因此在维持与传统HDMI的兼容性的同时可以进行高速双向通信。 [0289] As described above, since the data to be transmitted and select the data to be received mode changeover switch 133, and performs half duplex communication with the receiver device by using the CEC line 84 and the reserve line, i.e., based on IP communication method is half-duplex communication, thus maintaining compatibility with the conventional HDMI while high-speed bidirectional communication can be performed.

[0290] 另外,如在源设备中一样,当接收器设备的电源接通时,接收器设备开始通信过程并进行与源设备的双向通信。 [0290] Further, as in the source apparatus, when the power is turned on the receiver device, the receiver starts a communication process and apparatus for bidirectional communication with the source device.

[0291] 然后,将参考图28的流程图说明由图23所示的接收器设备进行的通信过程。 [0291] Next, with reference to the flow chart 28 of the receiver device described communication procedure shown in FIG. 23 is FIG.

[0292] 在步骤S41中,接收器设备确定新的电子设备(源设备)是否连接到接收器设备。 [0292] In step S41, the receiver apparatus determines a new electronic device (source device) is connected to the receiver apparatus. 例如,接收器设备根据被施加到与HPD线86相连接的、被称为热插拔检测的管脚的电压的量值来确定是否连接了新的电子设备。 For example, the receiver device determines whether a new electronic apparatus is connected in accordance with the magnitude is applied to the HPD line 86 is connected, a voltage is called a Hot Plug Detect pin.

[0293] 在步骤S41中确定未连接新的电子设备的情况下,由于未进行通信,因此通信过程结束。 [0293] the determination of a new electronic apparatus is not connected in step S41 in a case, since communication is not performed, thus ending the communication process. 同时,在步骤S41确定连接了新的电子设备的情况下,在步骤S42中,开关控制单元124控制开关135,并以如下方式进行开关135的切换:在数据发送时选择来自接收器设备的控制单元(CPU)的CEC信号且在数据接收时选择来自源设备的CEC信号。 At the same time, in step S41 determines that the connection of new electronic apparatus case, in S42, the switching control unit 124 controls the switch 135 steps, and the switch 135 in such a manner that: the selection control from the receiver device in data transmission CEC signal unit (CPU) and the CEC signal from the source device at the time of data reception.

[0294] 在步骤S43中,接收器设备从EDID ROM 85读取E-EDID,并通过DDC83向源设备发送所读取的E-EDID。 [0294] In step S43, the sink device reads E-EDID from the EDID ROM 85, E-EDID and transmit the read to the source device via DDC83.

[0295] 在步骤S44中,源设备确定是否接收了从源设备发送的信道信息。 [0295] In step S44, the source apparatus determines whether to receive the channel information transmitted from the source device.

[0296] 也就是说,根据源设备和接收器设备的功能来从源设备发送指示用于双向通信的信道的信道信息。 [0296] That is, the functions of the source and receiver apparatus to apparatus for two-way communication from the source device transmits the channel indication channel information. 例如,在如图23所示地配置源设备的情况下,源设备和接收器设备能够使用CEC线84和预留线88进行半双工通信。 For example, in the case of the configuration of the source device shown in FIG. 23, the source device and the receiving device is capable of using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88, half duplex communication. 因此,从源设备向接收器设备发送指示将进行使用CEC线84和预留线88的IP通信的信道信息。 Accordingly, the channel information of IP communication using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88 to the receiver device transmits an indication from the source device. 接收器设备接收从源设备通过开关135和CEC线84发送的信道信息,并确定接收了该信道信息。 The receiver apparatus receives the channel information received from the source device via the switch 135 and the channel information transmitted from the CEC line 84, and determined.

[0297] 同时,在源设备不具有进行半双工通信的功能的情况下,由于没有从源设备向接收器设备传输信道信息,因此接收器设备确定还没有接收信道信息。 [0297] Meanwhile, the source device does not have the function of performing half duplex communication, the absence, the receiver apparatus determines from a source device to a receiver device transmits the channel information has not been received channel information.

[0298] 在步骤S44中确定接收了信道信息的情况下,处理继续到步骤S45。 The [0298] determination in step S44 the received channel information, the process proceeds to step S45. 开关控制单元124控制开关135并以如下方式进行开关135的切换:在数据发送时选择来自转换单元134的对应于Rx数据的差分信号,且在数据接收时选择来自源设备的对应于Tx数据的差分信号。 Switching control unit 124 controls the switch 135 and the switch 135 in the following way: select the differential signal corresponding to from the conversion unit 134 to Rx data when the data transmission, and selects the corresponding from the source device at the time of data reception to the Tx data differential signal.

[0299] 在步骤S46中,源设备根据半双工通信方法进行与源设备的双向IP通信。 [0299] In step S46, the source device performs bidirectional IP communication with the source device in accordance with the half duplex communication method. 然后,通信过程结束。 Then, the communication process is ended. 也就是说,在时序控制单元123的情况下,在数据发送时,转换单元134将从接收器设备的控制单元(CPU)供应的Rx数据转换为差分信号,向开关135供应构成通过转换而获得的差分信号的一个部分信号,并通过预留线88向源设备供应另一部分信号。 That is, in a case where the timing control unit 123, when transmitting data, the control unit converting the Rx data from the conversion unit 134 of the receiver device (CPU) for supplying a differential signal, obtained by constituting the conversion to the switch 135 supplies a partial signal of the differential signal, and another portion 88 supplies the signal to the source device via the reserved line. 开关135通过CEC线84向源设备发送从转换单元134供应的部分信号。 Switch 135 transmits the partial signal supplied from the conversion unit 134 to the source device via the CEC line 84. 因此,从接收器设备向源设备发送对应于Rx数据的差分信号。 Therefore, the transmission corresponding to Rx data differential signal from the source apparatus to the receiver apparatus.

[0300] 另外,在数据接收时,解码单元136接收从源设备发送的对应于Tx数据的差分信号。 [0300] Further, upon receiving data, the decode unit 136 receives the transmission from a source device to a corresponding differential signal to Tx data. 也就是说,开关135接收对应于Tx数据的差分信号的部分信号,其中该差分信号通过CEC线84从源设备发送,且开关135向解码单元136供应所接收的部分信号。 That is, the switch 135 receives the partial signal corresponding to the Tx data differential signal, wherein the differential signal transmitted from the source device via the CEC line 84, and the switch 135 supplies the received partial signal to the decoding unit 136. 解码单元136将由从开关135供应的部分信号和从源设备通过预留线88供应的部分信号所构成的差分信号解码为作为原始数据的Tx数据,并向控制单元(CPU)输出Tx数据。 By part of the signal decoding unit 136 and supplied from the switch 135 decodes the differential signal from the source device via the reserved portion of the signal line 88 is constituted supplied Tx data as the original data, to the control unit (CPU) outputs the Tx data.

[0301] 因此,接收器设备向源设备发送且从源设备接收诸如控制数据、像素数据和音频数据的各种数据。 [0301] Thus, the receiver device to the source device transmits and receives various data such as control data, pixel data and audio data from the source device.

[0302] 同时,在步骤S44中确定没有接收信道信息的情况下,接收器设备在步骤S47中通过进行CEC信号的发送和接收来进行与源设备的双向通信。 The [0302] Meanwhile, in step S44 determines that no channel information is received, the receiver device in step S47 by transmitting and receiving CEC signals to perform bidirectional communication with the source device. 然后,通信过程结束。 Then, the communication process is completed.

[0303] 也就是说,接收器设备通过在数据发送时通过开关133和CEC线84向源设备发送CEC信号并在数据接收时接收通过开关133和CEC线84从源设备发送的CEC信号,来向源设备发送和从源设备接收控制数据。 [0303] That is, by the receiver device transmits data sent through the switch 133 and the CEC line 84 to the source device and the CEC signal received by the receiving data through the switch 133 and the CEC line 84 CEC signal transmitted from the source device to and receiving control data from a transmission source device to the source device.

[0304] 因此,当接收信道信息时,接收器设备通过使用CEC线84和预留线88进行与接收器设备的半双工通信。 [0304] Thus, upon receiving the channel information, the receiver device by half-duplex communication using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88 and the receiver device.

[0305] 如上所述,由于接收器设备以如下方式进行开关135的切换:选择要发送的数据和要接收的数据,且接收器设备通过使用CEC线84和预留线88进行与源设备的半双工通信,因此可以在维持与传统HDMI的兼容性的同时进行高速双向通信。 [0305] As described above, since the receiving apparatus switches the switch 135 in the following manner: Select the data to be transmitted and the data to be received, and the receiver device by using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88 and the source device half duplex communication, it is possible to perform high-speed bidirectional communication while maintaining compatibility with the conventional HDMI simultaneously.

[0306] 另外,在如图24所示地配置源设备的情况下,在通信过程中,源设备根据在E-EDID中包含的全双工标记来确定接收器设备是否具有进行全双工通信的功能,并进行对应于确定结果的双向通信。 [0306] Further, in the case of the configuration of the source device shown in FIG. 24, in the communication process, the source device determines whether the receiver device has a full duplex communication according to full-duplex flag included in the E-EDID functions, and two-way communication corresponding to the determination result.

[0307] 然后,将参考图29的流程图说明由图24所示的源设备进行的通信过程。 [0307] Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 29 illustrates that the communication process by the source device 24 shown in FIG.

[0308] 在步骤S71中,源设备确定新的电子设备是否连接到源设备。 [0308] In step S71, the source device determines whether a new electronic apparatus is connected to the source device. 在步骤S71中确定未连接新的电子设备的情况下,由于未进行通信,因此通信过程结束。 Determining the new electronic apparatus is not connected in step S71 case, since communication is not performed, the communication process is ended.

[0309] 同时,在步骤S71确定连接了新的电子设备的情况下,在步骤S72中,开关控制单元171控制开关181和开关182,并以如下方式进行开关181和开关182的切换:在数据发送时由开关181选择来自源设备的控制单元(CPU)的SDA信号且由开关182选择来自源设备的控制单元(CPU)的SCL信号,且在数据接收时由开关181选择来自接收器设备的SDA信号。 The [0309] Meanwhile, in step S71 determines that the connection of the new electronic apparatus case, in step S72, the switching control unit 171 controls the switch 181 and the switch 182, and switch 181 and switch 182 in the following manner: Data when transmission is selected by the switch 181 the control unit (CPU) from a source device of the SDA signal and the selection by the switch 182 the control unit (CPU) from a source device of the SCL signal, and upon receiving data selection from the receiver device by the switch 181 SDA signal.

[0310] 在步骤S73中,开关控制单元121控制开关133并以如下方式进行开关133的切换:在数据发送时选择来自源设备的控制单元(CPU)的CEC信号,且在数据接收时选择来自接收器设备的CEC信号。 [0310] In step S73, the switching control unit 121 controls the switch 133 and the switch 133 in such a manner that: the selection control means from the source device (CPU), the CEC signal at data transmission, and selects from the data received CEC signal receiver device.

[0311] 在步骤S74中,源设备接收从接收器设备通过DDC 83的SDA线191发送的E-EDID。 [0311] In step S74, the source device receives E-EDID received from the transmitting apparatus via the SDA line 191 of the DDC 83. 也就是说,当检测到源设备的连接时,接收器设备从EDIDR0M85读取E-EDID,并通过DDC83的SDA线191向源设备发送所读取的E-EDID。 That is, when the device is connected to the source is detected, the receiver device reads E-EDID from EDIDR0M85, and transmits the read E-EDID to the source device via the SDA line 191 DDC83. 因此,源设备接收从接收器设备发送的E-EDID。 Thus, E-EDID transmitted from the source device receives the receiver device.

[0312] 在步骤S75中,源设备确定是否可以进行与接收器设备的全双工通信。 [0312] In step S75, the source device determines whether full duplex communication with the receiver device. 也就是说,源设备参考从接收器设备接收的E-EDID,并确定是否设置了图26所示的全双工标记“全双工”。 That is, the source apparatus refers to E-EDID received from the receiving apparatus, and determines whether the full-duplex flag shown in FIG. 26 "Full Duplex." 例如,在设置了全双工标记的情况下,源设备确定可以进行基于全双工通信方法的双向IP通信,也就是说全双工通信。 For example, in a case where full-duplex flag is set, the source device determines the bidirectional IP communication can be based on full-duplex communication method, i.e. full-duplex communication.

[0313] 在步骤S76中确定可以进行全双工通信的情况下,在步骤S76中,开关控制单元171控制开关181和开关182,并以如下方式进行开关181和开关182的切换:在数据接收时选择来自接收器设备的对应于Rx数据的差分信号。 The [0313] is determined in step S76 that full duplex communication may be a case, in step S76, the switching control unit 171 controls the switch 181 and the switch 182, and switch 181 and switch 182 in the following manner: receiving the data when selecting from the receiver device corresponding to the differential signal to Rx data.

[0314] 也就是说,开关控制单元171以如下方式进行开关181和开关182的切换:在数据接收时,从构成对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号中,由开关181选择通过SDA线191发送的部分信号,且由开关182选择通过SCL线192发送的部分信号。 [0314] That is, the switching control unit 171 switches the switch 181 and switch 182 in the following manner: when receiving the data from the partial signal constituting the differential signal corresponding to Rx data, selected by the switch 181 via the SDA line 191 part of the signal transmitted and the signal transmitted through the selected portion of the SCL line 192 by a switch 182.

[0315] 由于在从接收器设备向源设备发送E-EDID之后不使用构成DDC 83的SDA线191和SCL线192,即由于不进行通过SDA线191和SCL线192进行的SDA信号和SCL信号的发送和接收,因此进行开关181和开关182的切换,以便SDA线191和SCL线192可以被用作在全双工通信中的Rx数据的传输路径。 [0315] Since constituting the DDC SDA line 83 of the 191 and the SCL line from the receiver device to not use after the source device sends E-EDID 192, SDA signal that is due to be performed by the SDA line 191 and the SCL line 192 and the SCL signal transmission and reception, thus switching switch 182 and the switch 181 so that the SDA line 191 and the SCL line 192 can be used as Rx data transmission paths in a full-duplex communication. [0316] 在步骤S77中,源设备通过开关133和CEC线84向接收器设备发送指示将进行使用CEC线84和预留线88 ;以及SDA线191和SCL线192、基于全双工通信方法的IP通信,作为指示用于双向通信的信道的信道信息。 [0316] In step S77, the source device via the switch 133 and the CEC line 84 indicates the receiver to the transmitter apparatus using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88; and the SDA line 191 and the SCL line 192, based on full-duplex communication IP communication channel information as indicating a bidirectional communication channel.

[0317] 也就是说,在设置了全双工标记的情况下,源设备理解,接收器设备具有图24所示的配置,且能够使用CEC线84和预留线88 ;以及SDA线191和SCL线192进行全双工通信。 [0317] That is, in a case where full-duplex flag is set, the source device appreciated that the receiver device has the configuration shown in FIG. 24, and is capable of using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88; and the SDA line 191 and SCL line 192 full duplex communication. 因此,源设备向接收器设备传输信道信息,并通知接收器设备将进行全双工通信。 Thus, the source apparatus to the receiver apparatus information transmission channel, and notifies the receiver device the full duplex communication.

[0318] 在步骤S78中,开关控制单元121控制开关133并以如下方式进行开关133的切换:在数据发送时选择来自转换单元131的、对应于Tx数据的差分信号。 [0318] In step S78, the switching control unit 121 controls the switch 133 and the switch 133 in the following manner: selecting, corresponding to the differential signal to Tx data from the conversion unit 131 at the time of data transmission. 即开关控制单元121以如下方式进行开关133的切换:选择对应于Tx数据的差分信号的部分信号,其中该部分信号从转换单元131向开关133供应。 I.e., the switching control unit 121 switches the switch 133 in the following manner: selection signal corresponding to the Tx data portion of the differential signal, wherein the partial signal supplied from the conversion unit 131 to the switch 133.

[0319] 在步骤S79中,源设备根据全双工通信方法来进行与接收器设备的双向IP通信。 [0319] In step S79, the source device performs bi-directional IP communication with the receiver device according to the full duplex communication method. 然后,通信过程结束。 Then, the communication process is completed. 也就是说,在数据发送时,转换单元131将从控制单元(CPU)供应的Tx数据转换为差分信号,向开关133供应构成通过转换而获得的差分信号的一个部分信号,并通过预留线88向接收器设备供应另一部分信号。 That is Tx data, at the time of data transmission, the conversion unit 131 supplied from the control unit (CPU) into a differential signal, supplies one partial signal constituting the differential signal obtained by the conversion to the switch 133 supplies, through the reserve line and supplying another portion of the apparatus 88 to the signal receiver. 开关133通过CEC线84向接收器设备发送从转换单元131供应的部分信号。 The partial signal supplied from the conversion unit 131 transmits to the receiver switching apparatus 133 via the CEC line 84. 因此,从源设备向接收器设备发送对应于Tx数据的差分信号。 Therefore, the transmission data Tx corresponding to the differential signal from a source device to a receiver device.

[0320] 另外,在数据接收时,解码单元183接收从接收器设备发送的对应于Rx数据的差分信号。 [0320] Further, upon receiving data, the decode unit 183 receives the differential signal corresponding to Rx data transmitted from the corresponding receiver device. 也就是说,开关181接收对应于Rx数据的差分信号的部分信号,其中该部分信号通过SDA线191从接收器设备发送,且开关181向解码单元183供应所接收的部分信号。 That is, the switch 181 receives the partial signal of the differential signal corresponding to Rx data, wherein the portion of signal transmitting and receiving apparatus, and the switch 181 of the received partial signal to the decoding unit 183 is supplied via the SDA line 191. 另夕卜,开关182接收对应于Rx数据的差分信号的另一部分信号,其中该部分信号从接收器设备通过SCL线192发送,并向解码单元183供应所接收的部分信号。 Another Bu Xi, the switch 182 receives the data corresponding to another part of the Rx signal of the differential signal, wherein the portion of the signal transmitted from the sink apparatus via the SCL line 192, and part of the signal decoding unit 183 supplies received. 解码单元183将由从开关181和开关182供应的部分信号所构成的差分信号转换为作为原始数据的Rx数据,并向控制单元(CPU)输出Rx数据。 A decoding unit 183 by the signal conversion from the differential switches 181 and 182 portion of the signal supplied Rx data is composed of the original data, and (CPU) control means outputs the Rx data.

[0321] 因此,源设备向接收器设备发送且从接收器设备接收诸如控制数据、像素数据和音频数据的各种数据。 [0321] Accordingly, the source device transmits to the receiver device receives data and various data of the pixel data and audio data, such as controlling the receiver apparatus.

[0322] 另外,在步骤S75中确定不能进行全双工通信的情况下,源设备在步骤S80中通过进行CEC信号的发送和接收来进行与接收器设备的双向通信。 The [0322] Further, it is determined in step S75 that full duplex communication is not possible, the source apparatus at step S80 by transmitting and receiving CEC signals to perform bidirectional communication with a receiver device. 然后,通信过程结束。 Then, the communication process is completed.

[0323] 也就是说,源设备通过在数据发送时通过开关133和CEC线84向接收器设备发送CEC信号并在数据接收时接收通过开关133和CEC线84从接收器设备发送的CEC信号,来向接收器设备发送和从接收器设备接收控制数据。 [0323] That is, the source device by transmitting data through the switch 133 and the CEC line 84 transmits the CEC signal to the receiver apparatus and receiving data received through the CEC signal switch 133 and the CEC line 84 transmitted from the receiver apparatus, to transmit and receive control data from the receiver device to the receiver device.

[0324] 因此,源设备参考全双工标记,并通过使用CEC线84和预留线88 ;以及SDA线191和SCL线192与能够进行全双工通信的接收器设备进行全双工通信。 [0324] Accordingly, the source apparatus refers to the full duplex flag and by using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88; and the SDA line 191 and the SCL line 192 full-duplex communication with a receiver apparatus capable of full duplex communication.

[0325] 如上所述,以选择要发送的数据和要接收的数据的方式进行开关133、开关181和开关182的切换,且通过使用CEC线84和预留线88 ;以及SDA线191和SCL线192来进行与接收器设备的全双工通信。 [0325] As described above, the method to select the data to be transmitted and received data to the switch 133, the switch 181 and the switch 182, and by using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88; and the SDA line 191 and SCL line 192 to perform full duplex communication with the receiver device. 因此,可以在维持与传统HDMI的兼容性的同时进行高速双向通信。 Accordingly, high-speed bidirectional communication while maintaining compatibility with the conventional HDMI simultaneously.

[0326] 另外,还在如图24所示地配置接收器设备的情况下,接收器进行通信过程且进行与源设备的双向通信,如在图23所示的接收器设备中一样。 A case where two-way communication [0326] Further, also in the configuration of the receiver apparatus shown in FIG. 24, and the receiver during communication with the source device, as in the receiver device 23 shown in FIG.

[0327] 然后,将参考图30的流程图说明由图24所示的接收器设备进行的通信过程。 [0327] Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 30 described communication procedure shown in FIG receiver device 24 is performed. [0328] 在步骤Slll中,接收器设备确定新的电子设备(源设备)是否连接到接收器设备。 [0328] In step Slll, the receiver apparatus determines a new electronic device (source device) is connected to the receiver apparatus. 在步骤Slll中确定了未连接新的电子设备的情况下,由于未进行通信,因此通信过程结束。 Determining a case where new electronic apparatus is not connected in step Slll lower, since communication is not performed, the communication process is ended.

[0329] 同时,在步骤Slll中确定连接了新的电子设备的情况下,在步骤S112中,开关控制单元172控制开关185和开关186,并以如下方式进行开关185和开关186的切换:在数据发送时由开关185选择来自接收器设备的控制单元(CPU)的SDA信号且在数据接收时由开关185选择来自源设备的SDA信号且由开关186选择来自源设备的SCL信号。 In the case [0329] Meanwhile, in step Slll determined connection of new electronic equipment, in S112, the switching control unit 172 controls the switches 185 and 186 steps, and the switch 185 and switch 186 in the following manner: In when data transmission is selected by the switch 185 the control unit (CPU) from the receiver device and, when the data signal SDA receiving the SDA signal from the source device by the selection switch 185 and the SCL signal from the source device by the switch 186.

[0330] 在步骤SI 13中,开关控制单元124控制开关135并以如下方式进行开关135的切换:在数据发送时,选择来自接收器设备的控制单元(CPU)的CEC信号,且在数据接收时选择来自源设备的CEC信号。 [0330] In step SI 13, the switching control unit 124 controls the switch 135 and the switch 135 in the following manner: CEC signal upon data transmission, the selection control unit (CPU) from the receiver device, and receives the data when the CEC signal from the source device.

[0331] 在步骤S114中,接收器设备从EDID ROM 85读取E-EDID,且通过开关185和DDC83的SDA线191向源设备发送所读取的E-EDID。 [0331] In step S114, the sink device reads E-EDID from the EDID ROM 85, and transmits the read E-EDID to the source device via the switch 185 and the SDA line 191 of DDC 83.

[0332] 在步骤S115中,接收器设备确定是否接收了从源设备发送的信道信息。 [0332] In step S115, the apparatus determines whether the receiver receives the channel information transmitted from the source device.

[0333] 也就是说,根据源设备和接收器设备的功能来从源设备发送指示用于双向通信的信道的信道信息。 [0333] That is, the functions of the source device and the receiver device for bidirectional communication to a source device from a indicator channel transmits the channel information. 例如,在如图24所示地配置源设备的情况下,源设备和接收器设备能够进行全双工通信。 For example, in the case of the configuration shown in FIG. 24 of the source device, the source device and the receiving device is capable of full duplex communication. 因此,从源设备向接收器设备发送指示将进行使用CEC线84和预留线88 ;以及SDA线191和SCL线192的基于全双工通信方法的IP通信的信道信息。 Thus, from the source device will be using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88 indicates the receiver to the transmitter device; and the SDA line 191 and the SCL line 192 the channel information based on a full duplex communication method in an IP communication. 因此,接收器设备接收从源设备通过开关135和CEC线84发送的信道信息,并确定接收了该信道信肩、O Thus, the receiver device receives the channel signals received from the source device via the switch shoulder 135 of channel information transmitted and the CEC line 84 and determines, O

[0334] 同时,在源设备不具有进行全双工通信的功能的情况下,不从源设备向接收器设备传输信道信息。 [0334] At the same time, does not have the function of performing full duplex communication, no information from a source device to a receiver device in the transmission channel source device. 因此,接收器设备确定未接收信道信息。 Thus, the receiver apparatus determines the channel information is not received.

[0335] 在步骤S115中确定接收了信道信息的情况下,处理继续到步骤S116。 The [0335] determination in step S115 the received channel information, the process proceeds to step S116. 开关控制单元172控制开关185和开关186,且以如下方式进行开关185和开关186的切换:在数据发送时选择来自转换单元184的对应于Rx数据的差分信号。 The switching control unit 172 controls the switches 185 and 186, and the switching switches 185 and 186 in the following way: select corresponding to Rx data from the conversion unit 184 is a differential signal when data transmission.

[0336] 在步骤SI 17中,开关控制单元124控制开关135并以如下方式进行开关135的切换:在数据接收时选择来自源设备的对应于Tx数据的差分信号。 [0336] In step SI 17, the switching control unit 124 controls the switch 135 and the switch 135 in the following way: select corresponding to Tx data from the source device when receiving the data differential signal.

[0337] 在步骤S118中,接收器设备根据全双工通信方法来进行与源设备的双向IP通信。 [0337] In step S118, the receiver device performs bidirectional IP communication with the source device in accordance with a full duplex communication method. 然后,通信过程结束。 The communication process is completed. 也就是说,在数据发送时,转换单元184将从接收器设备的控制单元(CPU)供应的Rx数据转换为差分信号,向开关185供应构成通过转换而获得的差分信号的一个部分信号,并向开关186供应另一部分信号。 That is, when the data transmission, the control unit converts the Rx data converting unit 184 from the receiver device (CPU) for supplying a differential signal, supplies one partial signal constituting the differential signal obtained by the conversion to the switch 185 supplies, and another part of the signal supplied to the switch 186. 开关185和开关186通过SDA线191和SDA线191向源设备发送从转换单元184供应的部分信号。 Switches 185 and 186 the partial signal supplied from the conversion unit 184 transmits to the source device via the SDA line 191 and the SDA line 191. 因此,从接收器设备向源设备发送对应于Rx数据的差分信号。 Therefore, the transmission corresponding to Rx data differential signal from the source apparatus to the receiver apparatus.

[0338] 另外,在数据接收时,解码单元136接收从源设备发送的对应于Tx数据的差分信号。 [0338] Further, upon receiving data, the decode unit 136 receives the transmission from a source device to a corresponding differential signal to Tx data. 也就是说,开关135接收对应于Tx数据的差分信号的部分信号,其中该差分信号通过CEC线84从源设备发送,且开关135向解码单元136供应所接收的部分信号。 That is, the switch 135 receives the partial signal corresponding to the Tx data differential signal, wherein the differential signal transmitted from the source device via the CEC line 84, and the switch 135 supplies the received partial signal to the decoding unit 136. 解码单元136将由从开关135供应的部分信号和通过预留线88从源设备供应的部分信号构成的差分信号解码为作为原始数据的Tx数据,且向控制单元(CPU)输出Tx数据。 Part of the signal decoding unit 136 will be supplied from the switch 135 and the reserved line 88 through the differential signal from the source device supplies decoding section configured to Tx data as the original data, and (CPU) outputs the Tx data to the control unit.

[0339] 因此,接收器设备向源设备发送且从源设备接收诸如控制数据、像素数据和音频数据的各种数据。 [0339] Thus, the receiver device to the source device transmits and receives various data such as control data, pixel data and audio data from the source device. [0340] 同时,在步骤S115中确定未接收信道信息的情况下,在步骤S119中,接收器设备通过进行CEC信号的发送和接收来进行与源设备的双向通信。 The [0340] Meanwhile, in step S115 determined channel information is not received the case, in step S119, the receiver device by transmitting and receiving CEC signals to perform bidirectional communication with the source device. 然后,该通信过程结束。 Then, the communication process ends.

[0341] 因此,当接收信道信息时,接收器设备通过使用CEC线84和预留线88;以及SDA线191和SCL线192来进行与接收器设备的双工通信。 [0341] Thus, upon receiving the channel information, the receiver device by using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88; for duplex communication with a receiver device and the SDA line 191 and the SCL line 192.

[0342] 如上所述,接收器设备以选择要被发送的数据和要被接收的数据的方式进行开关135、开关185和开关186的切换,并通过使用CEC线84和预留线88 ;以及SDA线191和SCL线192来进行与源设备的双工通信。 [0342] As described above, the receiver apparatus to select the data to be transmitted and the data to be received by way of switch 135, switch 185 and switch 186, and by using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88; and SDA line 191 and SCL line 192 to duplex communication with the source device. 因此,在维持了与传统HDMI的兼容性的同时可以进行高速双向通信。 Accordingly, the compatibility with the conventional HDMI maintained while high-speed bidirectional communication can be performed.

[0343] 注意,虽然在图24的例子中的源设备具有如下配置:转换单元131被连接到CEC线84和预留线88且解码单元183被连接到SDA线191和SCL线192,但源设备可以具有如下配置:转换单元183被连接到CEC线84和预留线88,且转换单元131被连接到SDA线191 和SCL 线192。 [0343] Note that, although the source device in the example of FIG. 24 has the following configuration: the conversion unit 131 is connected to the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88 and the decoder unit 183 is connected to the SDA line 191 and SCL line 192, but the source device may have the following configuration: converting unit 183 is connected to the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88, and the conversion unit 131 is connected to the SDA line 191 and SCL line 192.

[0344] 在这种情况下,开关181和开关182被连接到解码单元183以及CEC线84和预留线88,且开关133被连接到转换单元131以及SDA线191。 [0344] In this case, the switches 181 and 182 are connected to the decoding unit 183 and the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88, and the switch 133 is connected to the conversion unit 131 and the SDA line 191.

[0345] 另外,类似地,图24的接收器设备可以具有如下配置:转换单元184被连接到CEC线84和预留线88,且解码单元136被连接到SDA线191和SCL线192。 [0345] Further, similarly, FIG receiver device 24 may have the following configuration: the converting unit 184 is connected to the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88, and the decoder unit 136 is connected to the SDA line 191 and SCL line 192. 在这种情况下,开关185和开关186被连接到转换单元184以及CEC线84和预留线88,且开关135被连接到解码单元136以及SDA线191。 In this case, the switches 185 and 186 are connected to the switching unit 184 and the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88, and the switch 135 is connected to the decoding unit 136 and the SDA line 191.

[0346] 另外,在图23中,CEC线84和预留线88可以是SDA线191和SCL线192。 [0346] Further, in FIG. 23, CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88 may be the SDA line 191 and the SCL line 192. 也就是说,源设备的转换单元131和解码单元132和接收器设备的转换单元134和解码单元136可以被连接到SDA线191和SCL线192以便源设备和接收器设备可以基于半双工通信方法进行IP通信。 That is, the conversion unit 131 of the source device and the decoding unit 132 and the receiver apparatus the conversion unit 134 and the decoding unit 136 may be connected to the SDA line 191 and SCL line 192 so that the source device and the receiver device may be based on half-duplex communication IP communication method. 另外,在该情况下,可以通过使用预留线88来检测电子设备的连接。 Further, in this case, can be detected by an electronic device using the reserved connection line 88.

[0347] 另外,源设备和接收器设备的每个可以具有进行半双工通信和进行全双工通信的两种功能。 [0347] Further, each of the source device and the receiver device may have two functions for half duplex communication and full duplex communication. 在该情况下,源设备和接收器设备能够根据被连接的电子设备的功能来进行基于半双工通信方法或全双工通信方法的IP通信。 In this case, the source device and the receiving device IP communication can be performed based on a half duplex communication method or full duplex communication method according to the function of the electronic apparatus to be connected.

[0348] 在源设备和接收器设备每个具有进行半双工通信的功能和进行全双工通信的功能的情况下,例如,源设备和接收器设备如图31被配置。 [0348] in each case with the half duplex communication function and the full duplex communication function of the source device and a receiver device, e.g., a source device and a receiver device 31 is configured as shown in FIG. 注意,在图31中,由相同的标记来标示与在图23或图24中的那些相对应的部件,且以适当的方式省略那些部件的说明。 Note that, in FIG. 31, are denoted by the same numerals in FIG. 24 or 23 corresponding to those in FIG member, in an appropriate manner and description of those parts will be omitted.

[0349] 源设备的高速数据线接口28A包括转换单元131、解码单元132、开关133、开关181、开关182、解码单元183、开关控制单元121、时序控制单元122和开关控制单元171。 Speed ​​data line [0349] the source device 28A includes an interface conversion unit 131, decoding unit 132, switch 133, switch 181, switch 182, a decoding unit 183, the switching control unit 121, a timing control unit 122 and a switching control unit 171. 也就是说,图31中的源设备的高速数据线接口28A具有如下配置:在图24所示的源设备的高速数据线接口28A中进一步提供在图23中的时序控制单元122和解码单元132。 That is, high-speed data line interface of the source device 31 in FIG. 28A with the following configuration: the timing control unit is further provided in FIG. 23 and 122 in the decoding unit 132 speed data line interface 28A of a source device 24 shown in FIG. .

[0350] 另外,图31中所示的接收器设备的高速数据线接口28A包括转换单元134、开关135、解码单元136、转换单元184、开关185、开关186、时序控制单元123、开关控制单元124和开关控制单元172。 [0350] Further, the high speed data line receiver device 31 shown in FIG. 28A comprises an interface conversion unit 134, a switch 135, a decoding unit 136, conversion unit 184, a switch 185, a switch 186, a timing control unit 123, the switching control unit 124 and a switching control unit 172. 也就是说,图31所示的接收器设备具有如下配置:在图24所示的接收器设备中进一步提供图23中的时序控制单元123和转换单元134。 That is, the receiver device 31 shown in FIG have the following configuration: Figure 23 further provides a timing control unit 123 and the conversion unit 134 in the receiver device 24 shown in FIG.

[0351] 接下来,将说明由图31中的源设备和接收器设备进行的通信过程。 [0351] Next, the communication process will be described in FIG. 31 by the source device and the receiver device.

[0352] 首先,将参考图32的流程图来说明在图31中的源设备进行的通信过程。 [0352] First, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 32 will be described in the communication process of the source apparatus in FIG. 31 is performed. 注意,由于步骤S151到S154的处理分别类似于图29中步骤S71到S74的处理,因此将省略步骤S151到S154的处理的说明。 Note that since the processing of step S151 to S154 are similar to the processing in steps S71 to S74 of FIG. 29, thus omitting the description of the processing of step S151 to S154.

[0353] 在步骤S155中,源设备确定是否可以进行与接收器设备的全双工通信。 [0353] In step S155, the source device determines whether full duplex communication with the receiver device. 也就是说,通过参考从接收器设备接收的E-EDID,源设备确定是否设置了在图26中的全双工标记“全双工”。 That is, the E-EDID received by the receiver device, the source device determines whether full-duplex flag is set in FIG. 26, "full duplex" by reference.

[0354] 在步骤S155中确定可以进行全双工通信的情况下,也就是说,在图31或图24中所示的接收器设备被连接到源设备的情况下,在步骤S156中,开关控制单元171控制开关181和开关182并以如下方式进行开关181和开关182的切换:在数据接收时接收来自接收器设备的对应于Rx数据的差分信号。 [0354] In step S155 it is determined that full duplex communication can be performed in cases, that is to say, in the case where the receiver apparatus shown in FIG. 24 or FIG. 31 is connected to the source device, in step S156, the switch the control unit 171 controls the switch 181 and the switch 182 and the switch 181 and the switch 182 in the following manner: receiving from the receiver device corresponding to the time of receiving the data differential signal to Rx data.

[0355] 同时,在步骤S155中无法进行全双工通信的情况下,在步骤S157中,源设备确定是否可以进行半双工通信。 In the case [0355] Meanwhile, in Step S155 that full duplex communication can not be performed, in step S157, the source device determines whether half duplex communication can be performed. 也就是说,通过参考所接收的E-EDID,源设备确定是否设置了在图26中的半双工标记“半双工”。 That is, E-EDID received by the reference, the source device determines whether half-duplex flag in FIG. 26 "Half Duplex." 换句话说,源设备确定图23所示的接收器设备是否连接到了源设备。 In other words, the source device determines the receiver apparatus shown in Figure 23 is connected to the source device.

[0356] 在步骤S157中确定可以进行半双工通信的情况下或在步骤S156中进行了开关181和开关182的切换的情况下,源设备在步骤S158中通过开关133和CEC线84向接收器设备传输信道信息。 [0356] or a case where the switching of the switches 181 and 182, the source device in step S158 to the receiving through the switch 133 and the CEC line 84 in step S156 is determined at step S157 that half duplex communication can be performed in the case of device transport channel is channel information.

[0357] 在此,在步骤S155中确定可以进行全双工通信的情况下,由于接收器设备具有进行全双工通信的功能,因此源设备通过开关133和CEC线84向接收器设备发送指示将进行使用CEC线84和预留线88 ;以及SDA线191和SCL线192的IP通信的信号,作为信道信 The [0357] Here, it is determined in step S155 that full duplex communication may be a case, since the receiving device has a function of full duplex communication, the source device transmits an indication to the receiver device via the switch 133 and the CEC line 84 will be using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88; IP communication and signal SDA line 191 and SCL line 192 as channel signals

肩、O Shoulder, O

[0358] 另外,在步骤S157中确定可以进行半双工通信的情况下,由于接收器设备不具有进行全双工通信的功能而具有进行半双工通信的功能,因此源设备通过开关133和CEC线84向接收器设备发送指示将进行使用CEC线84和预留线88的IP通信的信号,作为信道信 [0358] Further, the determination in step S157 that half duplex communication can be a case, since the receiver device does not have a full duplex communication function and the function having a half duplex communication, the source device via the switch 133 and the CEC line 84 a signal that IP communication using the CEC line 84 and line 88 is reserved for indicating the receiver device transmits, as channel signals

肩、O Shoulder, O

[0359] 在步骤S159中,开关控制单元121控制开关133并以如下方式进行开关133的切换:在数据发送时选择来自转换单元131的对应于Tx数据的差分信号,且在数据接收时选择从接收器设备发送的、对应于Rx数据的差分信号。 [0359] In step S159, the switching control unit 121 controls switch 133 and switch 133 in the following way: select the differential signal corresponding to from the conversion unit 131 to the Tx data at the time of data transmission, and selects the data received from the transmitted from the receiver apparatus, the differential signal corresponding to Rx data. 注意,在源设备和接收器设备进行全双工通信的情况下,由于当源设备接收数据时不通过CEC线84和预留线88从接收器设备发送对应于Rx数据的差分信号,因此不向解码单元132供应对应于Rx数据的差分信号。 Note that the lower, full duplex communication source apparatus and the sink apparatus case, when the source device receives the CEC line 84 and the data is not reserved line 88 corresponding to Rx data transmitted from the differential signal via the receiver device, which is not the decoding unit 132 is supplied to the differential signal corresponding to Rx data.

[0360] 在步骤S160中,源设备进行与接收器设备的双向IP通信。 Bidirectional IP communication [0360] In step S160, the source device and the receiver device. 然后,通信过程结束。 Then, the communication process is completed.

[0361] 也就是说,在源设备进行与接收器设备的全双工通信的情况下,且在源设备进行与接收器设备的半双工通信的情况下,在数据发送时,转换单元131将从源设备的控制单元(CPU)供应的Tx数据转换为差分信号,通过开关133和CEC线84向接收器设备发送构成通过转换而获得的差分信号的一个部分信号,并通过预留线88向接收器设备发送另一部分信号。 [0361] That is, in the case of full duplex communication with the source device to the receiver device, and in the case of half duplex communication with the source device to the receiver device, when the data transmission, the conversion unit 131 converting the Tx data from the source apparatus control means (CPU) for supplying a differential signal, a signal portion obtained by the differential signal transmitting apparatus to the receiver through the configuration by switching the switch 133 and the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88 through another part of the transmission signal to the receiver apparatus.

[0362] 另外,在源设备进行与接收器设备的全双工通信的情况下,在数据接收时,解码单元183接收从接收器设备发送的、对应于Rx数据的差分信号,将所接收的差分信号解码为作为原始数据的Rx数据,并向控制单元(CPU)输出该Rx数据。 [0362] Further, in the case of full duplex communication with the source device receiver device, when receiving data, the decoding unit 183 receives the transmission from the receiver device corresponding to Rx data differential signal, the received It decodes the differential signal to Rx data as the original data, outputting the Rx data to the control unit (CPU).

[0363] 同时,在源设备进行与接收器设备的半双工通信的情况下,在数据接收时,在时序控制单元122的控制下,解码单元132接收从接收器设备发送的对应于Rx数据的差分信号,将所接收的差分信号解码为作为原始数据的Rx数据,并向控制单元(CPU)输出Rx数据。 [0363] Meanwhile, in the case of half duplex communication with the source device receiver device, when receiving the data, under control of the timing control unit 122, the decoding unit 132 receives from the receiver device corresponding to Rx data transmitted differential signal, decodes the received differential signal to Rx data as the original data, and (CPU) control means outputs the Rx data.

[0364] 因此,源设备向接收器设备发送且从接收器设备接收诸如控制数据、像素数据和音频数据的各种数据。 [0364] Accordingly, the source device transmits to the receiver device receives data and various data of the pixel data and audio data, such as controlling the receiver apparatus.

[0365] 同时,在步骤S157中确定不能进行半双工通信的情况下,在步骤S161中,源设备通过进行通过CEC线84进行CEC信号的发送和接收来进行与接收器设备的双向通信。 The [0365] Meanwhile, it is determined in step S157 that half duplex communication is not possible case, in step S161, the source device is performed by two-way communication with the receiver device transmits and receives CEC signals via the CEC line 84. 然后,通信过程结束。 Then, the communication process is completed.

[0366] 因此,源设备参考全双工标记和半双工标记,并根据源设备与之通信的接收器设备的功能来进行全双工通信或半双工通信。 [0366] Accordingly, the source apparatus refers to the full duplex flag and half duplex flag and performs full duplex communication or half-duplex communication according to the function of a receiver device in communication with the source device.

[0367] 如上所述,根据通过其进行通信的接收器设备的功能,以选择要发送的数据和要接收的数据的方式来进行开关133、开关181和开关182的切换,且进行全双工通信或半双工通信。 [0367] As described above, according to the function of receiving communication apparatus through which, in a manner to select the data to be transmitted and the data to be received to the switch 133, switch 181 and the switch 182 and full duplex communication or half duplex communication. 因此,在维持与传统HDMI的兼容性且选择了更好的通信方法的同时可以进行高速双向通信。 Thus, while maintaining compatibility with the conventional HDMI, and a better choice of communication methods at the same time enables high-speed bidirectional communication.

[0368] 接下来,将参考图33的流程图来说明由图31中的接收器设备进行的通信过程。 [0368] Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 33 will be described in the communication process performed by the receiver device 31 of FIG. 注意,由于步骤S191到S194的处理分别类似于在图30中步骤Slll到S114的处理,因此将省略步骤S191到S194的处理的说明。 Note that, since the processing to step S191 are similar to steps S194 to S114 is the processing Slll in FIG. 30, thus omitting the description of the processing of step S191 to S194.

[0369] 在步骤S195中,接收器设备接收从源设备通过开关135和CEC线84发送的信道信息。 [0369] In step S195, the receiver device receives the channel information from the source device 84 transmitted through the switch 135 and the CEC line. 注意,在被连接到接收器设备的源设备既不具有进行全双工通信的功能也不具有进行半双工通信的功能的情况下,由于不从源设备向接收器设备传输信道信息,因此接收器设备不接收信道信息。 Note that the case where the function, in the receiver device is connected to the source device has neither the full duplex communication function nor the half duplex communication, since no information from a source device to a receiver device transmission channel, so the receiver device does not receive channel information.

[0370] 在步骤S196中,接收器设备根据所接收的信道信息确定是否要进行全双工通信。 [0370] In step S196, the channel information according to the received receiver device determines whether full duplex communication. 例如,在接收了指示将进行使用CEC线84和预留线88 ;以及SDA线191和SCL线192的IP通信的信道信息的情况下,接收器设备确定要进行全双工通信。 For example, the indication will be received using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88; and a case where the channel information of IP communication SDA line 191 and SCL line 192, the receiver device determines to perform full duplex communication.

[0371] 在步骤S196中确定要进行全双工通信的情况下,在步骤S197中,开关控制单元172控制开关185和开关186,并以如下方式进行开关185和开关186的切换:在数据发送时选择来自转换单元184的、对应于Rx数据的差分信号。 [0371] In step S196 it is determined to be the case where full-duplex communication, at step S197, the switching control unit 172 controls the switch 185 and the switch 186 and the switch 185 and the switch 186 in the following manner: a data transmitting when selected, corresponding to Rx data from the differential signal converting unit 184.

[0372] 同时,在步骤S196中确定不进行全双工通信的情况下,在步骤S198中,接收器设备根据所接收的信道信息确定是否要进行半双工通信。 The [0372] Meanwhile, it is determined in step S196 that full duplex communication is not the case, in step S198 that, the receiver device receives the channel information is determined according to whether to perform half duplex communication. 例如,在接收了指示将进行使用CEC线84和预留线88的IP通信的信道信息的情况下,接收器设备确定要进行半双工通信。 For example, upon receiving the indication of the case where the channel information of IP communication using the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88, the receiver device determines to perform half duplex communication.

[0373] 在步骤S198中确定要进行半双工通信的情况下或在步骤S197中进行开关185和开关186的切换的情况下,在步骤S199中,开关控制单元124控制开关135,并以如下方式进行开关135的切换:在数据发送时选择来自转换单元134的对应于Rx数据的差分信号,且在数据接收时选择来自源设备的对应于Tx数据的差分信号。 In the case [0373] or switch the switch 186 and the switch 185 in step S197 is determined at step S198 that half duplex communication is to be performed, the step S199, the switching control unit 124 controls the switch 135, and the following mode selector switch 135: select corresponding to Rx data from the conversion unit 134 is a differential signal when data is transmitted, and selects corresponding to Tx data from the source device receiving the data differential signal.

[0374] 注意,在源设备和接收器设备进行全双工通信的情况下,由于当接收器设备发送数据时不从转换单元134向发射器81发送对应于Rx数据的差分信号,因此不向开关135供应对应于Rx数据的差分信号。 [0374] Note that, in the case where a source device and a receiver device perform full duplex communication, since when the receiver device transmits data corresponding to Rx data is not transmitted differential signal to the transmitter 81 from the conversion unit 134, which is not to switch 135 supplies a differential signal corresponding to Rx data.

[0375] 在步骤S200中,接收器设备进行与源设备的双向IP通信。 [0375] In step S200, the receiver device perform bidirectional IP communication with the source device. 然后,通信过程结束。 Then, the communication process is completed.

[0376] 也就是说,在接收器设备进行与源设备的全双工通信的情况下,在数据发送时,转换单元184将从接收器设备的控制单元(CPU)供应的Rx数据转换为差分信号,通过开关185和SDA线191向源设备发送构成通过转换而获得的差分信号的一个部分信号,并通过开关186和SCL线192向源设备发送另一部分信号。 [0376] That is, full duplex communication with the source apparatus, when transmitting data, the control unit converts the Rx data converting unit 184 from the receiver device (CPU) supplied to the differential receiver device signals sent through the switch 185 and the SDA line 191 to the source device supplies one partial signal constituting the differential signal obtained by the conversion, and transmits the other part signal through switch 186 and the SCL line 192 to the source device.

[0377] 同时,在接收器设备进行与源设备的半双工通信的情况下,在数据发送时,转换单元134将从接收器设备的控制单元(CPU)供应的Rx数据转换为差分信号,通过开关135和CEC线84向发射器81发送构成通过转换而获得的差分信号的一个部分信号,并通过预留线88向源设备发送另一部分信号。 [0377] Meanwhile, the case where the half-duplex communication with the source apparatus, when the data transmission, the control unit the Rx data from the conversion unit 134 of the receiver device (CPU) into a differential signal supplied from the receiver device, sent through the switch 135 and the CEC line 84 to the transmitter 81 one partial signal constituting the differential signal obtained by the conversion, and transmits the other part signal to the source line 88 through the reservation device.

[0378] 另外,在接收器设备进行与源设备的全双工通信的情况下,且在接收器设备进行与源设备的半双工通信的情况下,在数据接收时,解码单元136接收从源设备发送的对应于Tx数据的差分信号,将所接收的差分信号解码为作为原始数据的Tx数据,并向控制单元(CPU)输出Tx数据。 [0378] Further, a, and full duplex communication with the source device in the receiver device and receiver device in the case of half-duplex communication source apparatus, when receiving data, the decode unit 136 receives from corresponding to the Tx data transmitted from the source device a differential signal, decodes the received differential signal to Tx data as the original data, and means (CPU) controls the data output Tx.

[0379] 另外,在步骤S198中确定不进行半双工通信的情况下,也就是说,例如在不传输信道信息的情况下,在步骤S201中,接收器设备通过进行CEC信号的发送和接收来进行与源设备的双向通信。 The [0379] Further, it is determined in step S198 that half duplex communication is not performed in the case, say, for example in the case of channel information is not transmitted, in step S201, the receiver device by transmitting and receiving CEC signals performs bidirectional communication with the source device. 然后,通信过程结束。 Then, the communication process is completed.

[0380] 因此,接收器设备根据所接收的信道信息、即接收器设备与其通信的源设备的功能,来进行全双工通信或半双工通信。 [0380] Thus, a receiver device according to the received channel information, i.e., functions of the source device communicate with a receiver device to full duplex communication or half duplex communication.

[0381] 如上所述,根据通过其进行通信的源设备的功能,以选择要发送的数据和要接收的数据的方式进行开关135、开关185和开关186的切换,且进行全双工通信或半双工通信。 [0381] As described above, according to the function performed by the source device to communicate its way to select the data to be transmitted and received data to the switch 135, the switch 185 and the switch 186 and full duplex communication or half-duplex communication. 因此,在维持与传统HDMI (R)的兼容性且选择了更好的通信方法的同时可以进行高速双向通信。 Thus, maintaining the conventional HDMI (R) compatible and better communication method is selected while the high-speed bidirectional communication can be performed.

[0382] 另外,通过用包含CEC线84和预留线88以及SDA线191和SCL线192的HDMI电缆I连接源设备和接收器设备,其中CEC线84和预留线88被连接作为差分双绞线,且被屏蔽和接地到地线,且SDA线191和SCL线192被连接作为差分双绞线,被屏蔽且被接地到地线,可以在维持了与传统HDMI电缆的兼容性的同时进行基于半双工通信方法或全双工通信方法的高速双向IP通信。 [0382] Further, by using the CEC line 84 comprising a line 88 and the reserved line 191 and the SDA and the SCL line I connecting the source device and the receiver device 192 HDMI cable, wherein the CEC line 84 and the reserved line 88 are connected as a differential bis strand and is shielded and grounded to the ground line and the SDA line 191 and SCL line 192 are connected as a differential twisted pair, shielded and grounded to the ground, it may be maintained compatibility with conventional HDMI cable while high-speed bidirectional IP communication based on half-duplex communication method or full duplex communication method.

[0383] 接下来,可以通过专用硬件或软件进行上述一系列处理。 [0383] Next, the above-described series of processes may be performed by dedicated hardware or software. 在通过软件进行一系列处理的情况下,向控制源设备和接收器设备的微型计算机等中安装构成软件的程序。 In the case where the series of processing by software, a program constituting the software is installed to control the source device and a receiver device of a microcomputer or the like.

[0384] 现在,图34示出了在其中安装了进行上述系列处理的程序的计算机的实施例的配置的例子。 [0384] Now, FIG. 34 shows an example of configuration of one embodiment of a computer program in which the above-described series of processes is installed.

[0385] 可以预先在作为在计算机中包含的记录介质的EEPR0M(电可擦除可编程只读存储器)305或ROM 303中记录该程序。 [0385] may be previously contained in EEPR0M as a recording medium in a computer (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory) 305 or the ROM 303 to record the program.

[0386] 或者,可以在可移动记录介质、诸如软盘、⑶-ROM(紧致盘只读存储器)、M0 (磁光)盘、DVD (数字通用盘)、磁盘或半导体存储器中暂时或永久地存储(记录)程序。 [0386] Alternatively, the removable recording medium, such as floppy disks, ⑶-ROM (Compact Disc Read Only Memory), M0 (magneto-optical) disk, DVD (Digital Versatile Disc), a magnetic disk, or a semiconductor memory temporarily or permanently storage (recording) program. 这种可移动记录介质可以被提供作为所谓的封装软件。 Such a removable recording medium can be provided as so-called package software.

[0387] 在此,除了从上述可移动介质向计算机安装以外,可以以无线方式从下载站点通过用于数字卫星广播的人造卫星向计算机发送程序,或可以以有线方式通过诸如LAN或因特网的网络向计算机发送程序,且计算机可以经由计算机的输入/输出接口306接收上述发送的程序,并向在计算机中包含的EEPROM 305中安装该程序。 [0387] Here, in addition to the installation from the removable medium to the computer, may be wireless manner from a download site via an artificial satellite for digital satellite broadcasting program is transmitted to the computer, or may be a wired manner through a network such as a LAN or the Internet input program receives the transmitted / output interface 306 to a computer program is transmitted, and the computer via the computer, and install the program in the EEPROM 305 included in the computer.

[0388] 计算机包含CPU (中央处理单元)302。 [0388] The computer contains a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 302. 输入/输出接口306通过总线301被连接到CPU 302。 The input / output interface 306 is connected to the CPU 302 via a bus 301. CPU 302将在ROM (只读存储器)303或EEPROM 305中存储的程序装载到RAM (随机存取存储器)304,并执行该程序。 The CPU 302 in a ROM (Read Only Memory) 303 or a program stored in the EEPROM 305 is loaded into a RAM (Random Access Memory) 304, and executes the program. 因此,CPU 302进行基于上述流程图的处理,或根据上述方块图的配置而进行的处理。 Thus, CPU 302 performs the process based on the flowchart, the processing according to the configuration described above, or carried out of the block of FIG.

[0389] 在此,在该说明书中,不一定按时间顺序根据被描述为流程图的顺序来处理描述用于使得计算机进行各种处理的程序的处理步骤。 [0389] Here, in this specification, it is not necessarily in chronological order according to the order described as the flowchart of processing steps describing the program for causing a computer to perform various processes. 该处理步骤包括并行或独立(例如,并行处理或基于对象的处理)进行的处理。 The process comprises a step in parallel or individually (e.g., parallel processing or object-based processing) processing performed. 另外,可以由单个计算机处理程序,或可以由多个计算机以分布式方式处理程序。 Further, the program may be processed by a single computer, or may be composed of a plurality of computers in a distributed manner handler.

[0390] 在上述图19所示的配置例子中,用于LAN通信的电路可以与被定义用于DDC的电子规范无关地形成。 [0390] In the configuration example shown in FIG 19 described above, a circuit for LAN communication can be formed with the electronic specification defined for DDC independently. 图35示出了具有类似效果的另一配置例子。 FIG 35 shows another configuration example having a similar effect.

[0391] 该例子具有如下特征:其中,在通过使用单个电缆实现视频和音频数据的发送、被连接的设备信息的交换和验证、设备控制数据的通信和LAN通信的接口中,提供如下配置:其中,通过差分传输路径的两对进行LAN通信作为单向通信,且根据传输路径的至少一个的DC偏压电势来发出该接口的连接状态的通知,且另外,相对于LAN通信,以时分方式,在用于被连接的设备信息的交换和验证的通信中使用至少两条传输路径。 [0391] This example has the following features: wherein, in the interface transmission for video and audio data by using a single cable, exchange and authentication device information is connected, and LAN communication of apparatus control data is provided as follows: wherein, by two pairs of differential transmission paths as one-way communication LAN communication, and in accordance with the at least one DC bias potential of the transmission path to notify the connection state of the interface, and in addition, with respect to LAN communication, a time division mode, using at least two transmission paths for communication of exchange and authentication of connected device information in.

[0392] 源设备包括LAN信号发送电路611、终止电阻器612和613、AC耦合电容器614到617、LAN信号接收电路618、反相器620、电阻器621、形成低通滤波器的电阻器622和电容器623、比较器624、下拉电阻器631、形成低通滤波器的电阻器632和电容器633、比较器634、NOR门640、模拟开关641到644、反相器645、模拟开关646和747、DDC收发器651和652、和上拉电阻器653和654。 [0392] The source device includes a LAN signal transmitting circuit 611, terminating resistors 612 and 613, AC coupling capacitors 614 to 617, a LAN signal reception circuit 618, an inverter 620, a resistor 621, a resistor forming a low-pass filter 622 a resistor and a capacitor 632 and a capacitor 623, comparator 624, a pulldown resistor 631, form a lowpass filter 633, comparator 634, NOR gate 640, analog switches 641 to 644, an inverter 645, analog switches 646 and 747 , the DDC transceivers 651 and 652, and pull-up resistors 653 and 654.

[0393] 另外,接收器设备602包括LAN信号发送电路661、终止电阻器662和663、AC耦合电容器664到667、LAN信号接收电路668、下拉电阻器671、形成低通滤波器的电阻器672和电容器673、比较器674、扼流圈681、在电源电势和参考电势之间串联连接的电阻器682和683、模拟开关691到694、反相器695、模拟开关696和697、DDC收发器701和702、和上拉电阻器703和704。 [0393] Further, the receiver apparatus 602 includes a LAN signal transmitting circuit 661, terminating resistors 662 and 663, AC coupling capacitors 664 to 667, a LAN signal reception circuit 668, a pulldown resistor 671, a resistor is formed of a low-pass filter 672 and a capacitor 673, a comparator 674, a choke coil 681, between the power supply potential and a reference potential in series connected resistors 682 and 683, analog switches 691 to 694, an inverter 695, analog switches 696 and 697, DDC transceivers 701 and 702, and pull-up resistors 703 and 704.

[0394] HDMI电缆I包含由预留线801和SCL线组成的差分传输路径;以及由SDA线804和HPD线802组成的差分传输路径。 [0394] HDMI cable I contains a differential transmission path reserve line 801 and the SCL line thereof; and of differential transmission paths and the HPD line 804 by the SDA line 802 thereof. 形成用于那些线的源侧终端811到814和接收器侧终端821 到824。 Those for forming the source line side terminal 811 to 814 and sink side terminals 821 to 824.

[0395] 预留线801和SCL线803 ;以及SDA线804和HPD线802被连接作为差分双绞线。 [0395] the reserved line 801 and the SCL line 803; and the SDA line 804 and the HPD line 802 are connected as a differential twisted pair.

[0396] 在源设备中,终端811和813通过AC耦合电容器614和605以及模拟开关641和642被连接到向接收器发送LAN发送信号SG 611的发送电路611和终止电阻器612。 [0396] In the source device, the terminals 811 and 813 612 via the AC coupling capacitors 614 and 605 and the analog switches 641 and 642 are connected to the receiver transmits to the transmitter circuit 611 and the terminating resistor transmission signal SG 611 of the LAN. 终端814和812通过AC耦合电容器616和617以及模拟开关643和644被连接到从接收器设备接收LAN信号的接收电路618和终止电阻器613。 Terminals 814 and 812 via the AC coupling capacitors 616 and 617 and the analog switches 643 and 644 are connected to the reception circuit 618 and the terminating resistor receiver device 613 receives the LAN signal.

[0397] 在接收器设备中,终端821到824通过AC耦合电容器664、665、666和667以及模拟开关691到694被连接到发送电路、接收电路668和终止电阻器662和663。 [0397] In the receiver device, the terminal 821 to 824 from 691 to 694 is connected to the transmission circuit via AC coupling capacitors 664,665,666 and 667 and the analog switches, the receiving circuit 668 and terminating resistors 662 and 663. 模拟开关641到644和691到694是当进行LAN通信时导电且当进行DDC通信时断开。 Analog switches 641 to 644 and 691 to 694 is conductive when LAN communication is performed and disconnected when DDC communication is performed.

[0398] 源设备通过差分模拟开关646和647将终端813和终端814连接到DDC收发器651和652以及上拉电阻器653和654。 [0398] The source device connected to the DDC transceivers 651 and 652, and pull-up resistors 653 and 654 and 646 by the differential analog switch 647 and the terminal 814 of the terminal 813.

[0399] 接收器设备通过模拟开关696和697将终端823和终端824连接到DDC收发器701和702以及上拉电阻器703。 [0399] The receiver device 701 is connected to the DDC transceivers 702 and 703 and pull-up resistor 696 via the analog switch 697 and the terminal 824 and terminal 823. 模拟开关646和647当进行DDC通信时导电,且当进行LAN通信时断开。 Analog switches 646 and 647 conductive when the DDC communication, and open when LAN communication. [0400] 根据预留线801的电势来标识e-HDMI兼容设备的机制基本上类似于图19所示的例子中的机制,除了由反相器620来驱动源设备601的电阻器62。 [0400] According to identify potential mechanisms reserved line 801 is e-HDMI compatible device mechanism substantially similar to the example shown in FIG. 19, except that the inverter 620 is driven by the source apparatus 601 of resistor 62.

[0401] 当对反相器620的输入是高时,电阻器621用作下拉电阻器。 [0401] When the input of the inverter 620 is high, the resistor 621 is used as the pull-down resistor. 因此,当从接收器设备看去时,获得与当连接e-HDMI不兼容设备时的状态想爱你钙通道OV状态。 Thus, when viewed from the receiver device to obtain a state where the e-HDMI incompatible device is connected to the love you want when OV calcium channel state. 因此,指示接收器设备的e-HDMI兼容性标识结果的信号SG623是低。 Thus, a signal SG623 e-HDMI compatibility identification result indicating the receiver device is low. 根据信号SG623而控制的模拟开关691到694断开,且根据通过由反相器695反相该信号SG623而获得的信号来控制的模拟开关696和697被置于导电。 The analog switch control signal SG623 691-694 and off and placed according to the conductive via signal inverter 695 inverting the signal SG623 obtained by the controlled analog switches 696 and 697. 因此,接收器设备602将SCL线803和SDA线804从LAN发射器/接收器断开,且到达其中接收器设备602被连接到DDC发射器/接收器的状态。 Thus, the receiver device 602 SDA line 803 and SCL line 804 is disconnected from the LAN transmitter / receiver, and reaches a state in which the receiver device 602 are connected to the DDC transmitter / receiver.

[0402] 同时,在源设备中,对反相器620的输入也是对NOR门640的输入,且NOR门640的输出SG614是低。 [0402] Meanwhile, in the source device, the NOR gate 640 is also input to an input of the inverter 620 and output SG614 of the NOR gate 640 is low. 根据NOR门640的输出信号SG614而控制的模拟开关641到644断开,且根据通过由反相器645反相该信号SG614而获得的信号而控制的模拟开关646和647被置于导电。 The analog switch output signal SG614 of the NOR gate 640 and control 641 to 644 is turned off, and placed in accordance with the conductive via signal inverter 645 inverting the signal SG614 obtained by the controlled analog switches 646 and 647. 因此,源设备601还将SCL线803和SDA线804从LAN发射器/接收器断开,并到达其中源设备601被连接到DDC发射器/接收器的状态。 Thus, the source device 601 will SCL line 803 and SDA line 804 is disconnected from the LAN transmitter / receiver, and reaches a state in which the source apparatus 601 is connected to the DDC transmitter / receiver.

[0403] 相反,当对反相器620的输入低时,源设备和接收器设备都将SCL线803和SDA线804从DDC发射器/接收器断开,并进入其中源设备和接收器设备被连接到LAN发射器/接收器的状态。 [0403] In contrast, when the low input to the inverter 620, the source device and the receiver device both the SCL line 803 and SDA line 804 is disconnected from the DDC transmitter / receiver, and wherein the source into the device and the receiver device It is connected to the LAN transmitter status / receiver.

[0404] 根据HPD线802的DC偏压电势来检查连接的电路631到634和681到683具有类似于在图19所示的例子中的那些的功能。 [0404] Potential to check the connection of the circuit 631 to 634 and 681 to 683 have functions similar to those in the example shown in FIG. 19 according to the HPD line 802 is a DC bias. 也就是说,除了上述LAN通信以外,通过HPD线802,根据DC偏压电平向源设备发送HDMI电缆I被连接到接收器设备的事实。 That is, addition to the above LAN communication, the HPD line 802 transmits the fact that the HDMI cable is connected to the I receiver device to the source device according to the DC bias level. 当电缆I被连接到接收器设备时,在接收器设备中的电阻器682和683和扼流圈681使得HPD线802通过终端822在大约4V处偏压。 I When the cable is connected to the receiver device, the receiver device resistors 682 and 683 and choke coil 681 so that the bias of the HPD line 802 at about 4V via the terminal 822.

[0405] 源设备通过使用由电阻器632和电容器633组成的低通滤波器来提取HPD线802的DC偏压,并通过使用比较器634来比较DC偏压与参考电势Vref2 (例如1.4V)。 [0405] The source device extracts the DC bias of the HPD line 802 by the low-pass filter of a resistor 632 and a capacitor 633 composed of, by using a comparator 634 to compare the DC bias with the reference potential Vref2 (e.g 1.4V) . 当电缆I不被连接到接收器设备时,由于下拉电阻器631,终端812的电势低于参考电势Vref2。 I When the cable is not connected to the receiver device, since pull-down resistor 631, the potential of the terminal 812 is lower than the reference potential Vref2. 当电缆I被连接到接收器设备时,终端812的电势高于参考电势Vref2。 I When the cable is connected to the receiver device, the potential of the terminal 812 is higher than the reference potential Vref2. 因此,其中比较器634的输出信号SG613的是高的状态指示连接了电缆I和接收器设备。 Thus, where the output signal SG613 of the comparator 634 is connected to a high state indicating the receiver device and the cable I. 同时,其中比较器634的输出信号SG613是低的状态指示了未连接电缆I和接收器设备。 Meanwhile, where the output signal SG613 of the comparator 634 indicates the low state I and a receiver cable unconnected device.

[0406] 如上所述,根据图35所示的配置例子,在通过使用单个电缆实现视频和音频数据的发送、被连接的设备信息的交换和验证、设备控制数据的通信和LAN通信的接口中,提供如下配置:通过差分传输路径的两对进行LAN通信作为单向通信,且根据传输路径的至少一个的DC偏压电势发出接口的连接状态的通知,且另外,相对于LAN通信,以时分方式,在用于被连接的设备信息的交换和验证的通信中使用至少两条传输路径。 [0406] As described above, according to the configuration example shown in FIG. 35, the interface of video and audio data transmission by using a single cable, exchange and authentication of connected device information, communication, and LAN communication device control data , provides the following configuration: the LAN communication by two pairs of differential transmission paths as one-way communication, and the bias potential of the notification issues a connection state of the interface according to at least one of the DC transmission line, and in addition, with respect to LAN communication, to time-division manner, using at least two transmission paths for communication of exchange and authentication of connected device information in. 因此,以如下方式进行时分:通过使用开关来分配SCL线和SDA线给用于与LAN通信电路连接的时间段和用于与DDC电路连接的时间段。 Accordingly, division is performed as follows: to assign by using the SCL line and the SDA line switches to a time period connected to the LAN communication circuit and a time period for connecting to the DDC circuit. 通过该划分,可以与被定义用于DDC的电子规范独立地形成用于LAN通信的电路。 By this division, it may be defined for the DDC specification separately formed electronic circuit for LAN communication. 因此,可以低成本地实现稳定且可靠的LAN通信。 Thus, it is possible to realize low cost and stable and reliable LAN communication.

[0407] 注意,可以在HDMI电缆I提供而不是在源设备中提供图35所示的电阻器621。 [0407] Note that, providing the resistor 621 shown in FIG source device 35 may be provided in the HDMI cable I instead. 在这种情况下,电阻器621的各个端被连接到在HDMI电缆I中提供的线中的预留线801和被连接到电源(电源电势)的线(信号线)。 In this case, the respective end of the resistor 621 is connected to the lines provided in the HDMI cable I, the reserved line 801 and a line (signal line) is connected to a power source (power source potential).

[0408] 另外,可以在HDMI电缆I中提供、而不在接收器设备中提供图35所示的上拉电阻器671和电阻器683。 [0408] Further, the cable may be provided in the HDMI I, shown in FIG. 35 is not provided in the receiver device in the pull-up resistor 671 and a resistor 683. 在这种情况下,下拉电阻器671的各个端被连接到在HDMI电缆I中提供的线中的预留线801和被连接到地(参考电势)的线(地线)。 In this case, the respective ends of the pull-down resistor 671 is connected to the lines provided in the HDMI cable I, the reserved line 801 and the line (ground) is connected to ground (reference potential). 另外,电阻器683的各个端被连接到在HDMI电缆I中提供的线中的HPD线802和被连接到地(参考电势)的线(地线)。 Further, each end of the resistor 683 is connected to the HPD line 802 provided in line I, in the HDMI cable and is connected to ground (reference potential) of the line (ground).

[0409] 在此,通过SDA和SCL用在H处的1.5k Ω上拉和在L处的低阻抗下拉来实现通信,且还通过CEC用在H处的27k Ω上拉和在L处的低阻抗下拉来实现通信。 [0409] Here, to realize the communication by SDA and SCL with 1.5k Ω H on the low impedance of pull-up and pull-down L is, and also by using the CEC at 27k Ω H and pull at the L low impedance pull down to communicate. 具有用于实现其中需要匹配和终止传输线的终止的高速数据通信的LAN功能,同时维持上述功能以便实现与现有HDMI的兼容性可能是难的。 Wherein for realizing the LAN function has to be matched termination and termination of the transmission line of the high-speed data communication, in order to achieve the above functions while maintaining compatibility with existing HDMI may be difficult.

[0410] 图19和35的配置例子可以避免这种问题。 Configuration example of [0410] FIGS. 19 and 35, such a problem can be avoided. 也就是说,在图19的配置例子中,提供如下配置:通过使用预留线和HPD线作为差分对来进行基于单向通信操作的对的全双工通信,同时避免使用SDA、SCL和CEC线。 That is, in the configuration example of FIG. 19, to provide the following configuration: by using the reserved line and the HPD line as a differential pair to perform full duplex communication based on the operation of one-way communication, while avoiding the use of SDA, SCL and CEC line. 另外,在图35的配置例子中,提供如下配置:进行全双工通信操作的两对,其中通过HPD线和SDA线的对和SCL线和预留线的对来形成两个差分对,且通过使用两个差分对的每个来进行单向通信。 Further, in the configuration example of FIG. 35, there is provided the following configurations: two-pair full duplex communication operations, wherein the differential pair formed by two of the SCL line and the reserved line and the HPD line and the SDA line, and by using each of two differential pairs to perform one-way communication.

[0411] 图36⑷到(E)示出了在图19或图35的配置例子中的双向通信波形。 [0411] FIG 36⑷ to (E) illustrate bidirectional communication waveforms in the configuration example of FIG. 19 or 35 in FIG.

[0412] 图36 (A)示出了从源设备发送的信号的波形,图36(B)示出了在接收器设备处接收的信号的波形,图36(C)示出了流过电缆的信号的波形,图36 (D)示出了在源设备处接收的信号,且图36(E)示出了从源设备发送的信号的波形。 [0412] FIG. 36 (A) shows the waveform of a signal transmitted from the source device, FIG. 36 (B) shows the waveform of a signal received at the apparatus at a receiver, FIG. 36 (C) shows the stream through the cable signal waveform, FIG. 36 (D) shows the signal received at a source device, and FIG. 36 (E) shows a waveform of a signal transmitted from the source device. 如从图36中清楚的,通过图19或图35的配置例子,可以实现极佳的双向通信。 As apparent from FIG. 36, the configuration example of FIG. 19 or FIG. 35, an excellent two-way communication can be realized.

[0413] 注意,虽然已经基于使用符合HDMI标准的接口作为用于连接源设备和接收器设备的传输路径的假设来提供了在上述实施例中的说明,其他类似的发送标准也是可用的。 [0413] Note that although already based on the HDMI standard interface is assumed as a transmission path connecting the source and receiver devices to provide a device described in the above embodiment, other similar transmission standards are also available. 另外,虽然提供了其中使用视频摄像机记录器作为源设备且使用电势接收机作为接收器设备的例子,但可以使用其他发送设备和接收设备。 Further, while providing a recorder using a video camera as a source device and a potential receiver of the receiver device by way of example, but can use other transmitting and receiving devices.

[0414] 另外,虽然在上述实施例中在源设备和接收器设备之间进行双向IP通信,但可以通过使用与IP不同的协议来进行双向通信。 [0414] Further, though two-way IP communication between the source device and the receiver device in the above embodiment, but bidirectional communication may be performed by using a different IP protocol. 另外,虽然在上述实施例中示出了通过HDMI电缆连接电子设备的情况,但本发明类似地可用于以无线方式进行在电子设备之间的连接的情况。 Further, in the above embodiment shows a case of the electronic device connected through the HDMI cable, but the present invention may be used similarly in the case of wirelessly connecting between the electronic devices.

[0415] 工业适用性 [0415] Industrial Applicability

[0416] 本发明允许在外部设备侧上平滑地显示关于各个视频信号的附加信息,并改进了由用户对视频信号进行选择操作的性能。 [0416] The present invention allows the smooth display additional information about the respective video signal on the side of the external device, and improves the performance of the video signal selection operation by the user. 本发明可用于例如通过HDMI接口连接视频摄像机记录器和电视接收机的AV系统。 The present invention can be used, for example, a video camera connected to the AV system recorder and the television receiver through the HDMI interface.

Claims (10)

1.一种发送设备,其特征在于包括: 信号发送单元,其通过使用多个TMDS信道的传输路径HDMI向外部设备发送作为差分信号的视频信号; 通信单元,其通过使用构成所述传输路径HDMI的预留线来进行双向通信; 视频信号存储单元,其存储可以通过使用信号发送单元向外部设备发送的各个视频信号; 附加信息存储单元,其存储关于在所述视频信号存储单元中存储的各个视频信号的附加信息;以及通信控制单元,其以如下方式进行控制:经由使用通信单元通过所述预留线向外部设备发送关于在所述附加信息存储单元中存储的各个视频信号的附加信息; 其中,通信控制单元根据所述传输路径的至少一个的DC偏压电势来发出高速数据线接口的连接状态的通知。 1. A transmission apparatus, characterized by comprising: a signal transmitting unit, by using a plurality of transmission paths transmits the TMDS channel of HDMI video signal as a differential signal to the external device; a communication unit configured by using the transmission path of HDMI It reserved bidirectional communication lines; the video signal storage means for storing the respective video signals can be transmitted to the external device by using the signal transmission unit; additional information storage unit that stores information about the video signal stored in the respective storage unit additional information on the video signal; and a communication control unit which performs control in the following manner: send additional information about the respective video signals stored in the additional information storage unit to the external apparatus via the communication unit by use of the reservation line; wherein the communication control unit according to at least one transmission path of said DC bias potential of the connection state notification speed data line interface.
2.根据权利要求1的发送设备,其特征在于所述附加信息是文本信息或图像信息、或文本信息和图像信息。 2. The transmitting apparatus according to claim 1, wherein said additional information is text information or image information, or text information and image information.
3.根据权利要求1的发送设备,其特征在于所述通信控制单元进行, 当通信单元接收从外部设备发送的、对于附加信息的发送请求时, 以如下方式控制:通过使用通信单元向外部设备发送关于在所述附加信息存储单元中存储的各个视频信号的附加信息。 3. The transmission apparatus as claimed in claim 1, wherein said communication control unit, when the communication unit receives the transmission from the external device, when a transmission request for additional information in order to control the manner: by using the communication unit to the external device send additional information about the respective video signals stored in the additional information storage unit.
4.根据权利要求1的发送设备,其特征在于所述通信控制单元进一步进行, 当通信单元接收从外部设备发送的关于具体视频信号的选择信息时, 以如下方式控制:通过使用信号发送单元向外部设备发送在所述视频信号存储单元中存储的视频信号中对应于选择信息的视频信号。 4. The transmission apparatus as claimed in claim 1, wherein said communication control unit further, when the communication unit receives the selection information transmitted from the external device on a video signal from a specific, controlled in the following manner: by using the signal to the transmitting unit the external device transmits the video signal stored in the video signal storage means corresponding to the video signal selection information.
5.一种用于发送设备的视频信号发送方法,所述发送设备包括信号发送单元,其通过使用多个TMDS信道的传输路径HDMI向外部设备发送作为差分信号的视频信号, 通信单元,其通过使用构成所述传输路径HDMI的预留线来进行双向通信, 视频信号存储单元,其存储可以通过使用信号发送单元向外部设备发送的各个视频信号,以及附加信息存储单元,其存储关于在所述视频信号存储单元中存储的各个视频信号的附加信息,所述用于发送设备的视频信号发送方法的特征在于包括: 连接状态通知步骤,根据所述传输路径的至少一个的DC偏压电势来发出高速数据线接口的连接状态的通知; 发送请求接收步骤,通过使用通信单元接收从外部设备发送的对于附加信息的发送请求, 附加信息发送步骤,响应于在所述发送请求接收步骤中接收的发送请求,经由使用通信单 A video signal transmission method for transmitting device, the transmitting device comprises a signal transmission unit through the transmission path using a plurality of HDMI TMDS channels transmitted as a video signal, the communication unit a differential signal to an external device, by configuration using the reserved transmission path of HDMI to bi-directional communication line, the video signal storage means for storing the respective video signals can be transmitted to the external device by using the signal transmission unit, and the additional information storage means, which stores information about the a video signal storing unit in the additional information stored in the respective video signals, a video signal transmission method for transmitting the device characterized by comprising: a connection state notification step, according to at least one transmission path of said DC bias potential connection state notification speed data line interface; transmission request receiving step of receiving the transmission request for additional information, the additional information transmitted from the external device transmitted step by using the communication unit, in response to receiving the transmission request receiving step sending a request, via the communication unit using 元通过所述预留线向外部设备发送关于在附加信息存储单元中存储的各个视频信号的附加信息;选择信息接收步骤,通过使用通信单元,根据在所述附加信息发送步骤中发送的关于各个视频信号的附加信息接收从外部设备发送的关于具体视频信号的选择信息;以及视频信号发送步骤,通过使用信号发送单元向外部设备发送在视频信号存储单元中存储的视频信号中的、对应于在所述选择信息接收步骤接收的选择信息的视频信号。 Element sends additional information about the respective video signals stored in the additional information storage unit to the external apparatus via the reserved line; selecting information receiving step, by using a communication unit, according to on each additional information transmitted in the transmitting step additional information of the video signal received from the selection information about the particular video signal sent by external device; and a video signal transmitting step, a video signal is transmitted to the external device using the signal transmission unit is stored in a video signal storage means is, it corresponds to the selection of the video signal selection information received by the information receiving step.
6.一种接收设备,其特征在于包括: 信号接收单元,使用多个TMDS信道的传输路径HDMI从外部设备接收作为差分信号的视频信号; 通信单元,通过使用构成所述传输路径HDMI的预留线来进行双向通信; 图像显示单元,处理在信号接收单元处接收的视频信号以便显示图像;以及附加信息显示单元,当经由通信单元通过所述预留线接收可以从外部设备发送的关于各个视频信号的附加信息时显示关于各个视频信号的附加信息,其中,所述附加信息从外部设备发送,并且高速数据线接口的连接状态的通知根据所述传输路径的至少一个的DC偏压电势来发出。 A receiving apparatus, comprising: a signal receiving unit, using the TMDS channel of the plurality of transmission path of HDMI receives a video signal as a differential signal from an external device; a communication unit, configured by using the reserved transmission path of HDMI bi-directional communication lines; an image display unit for processing a video signal received in the signal receiving unit to display an image; and an additional information display unit via the communication unit when the reservation by the video line with respect to each reception may be transmitted from the external device display additional information about the respective video signals, wherein the additional information transmitted from the external device, and notifies the connection state when the speed data line interface of the additional information signal in accordance with at least one transmission path of said DC bias potential issue.
7.根据权利要求6的接收设备,其特征在于, 所述附加信息是文本信息或图像信息、或文本信息和图像信息。 The receiving apparatus according to claim 6, wherein said additional information is text information or image information, or text information and image information.
8.根据权利要求6的接收设备,其特征在于进一步包括: 通信控制单元,其以如下方式进行控制:通过使用通信单元向外部设备发送对于关于各个视频信号的附加信息的发送请求。 8. The receiving apparatus as claimed in claim 6, characterized by further comprising: a communication control unit which performs control in the following manner: by sending to the external apparatus using the communication unit transmits a request for additional information about the respective video signal.
9.根据权利要求6的接收设备,其特征在于进一步包括: 用户操作单元,其允许用户根据在附加信息显示单元上显示的关于各个视频信号的附加信息来选择具体视频信号;以及通信控制单元,其以如下方式进行控制:通过使用通信单元向外部设备发送由用户操作单元选择的关于具体视频信号的选择信息。 9. A receiving apparatus according to claim 6, characterized by further comprising: a user operation unit which allow the user to select a particular video signal based on the additional information about the respective video signals displayed on the additional information display unit; and a communication control unit, in a manner which controls: the selection information about the selected specific video signal by using the external device communication unit transmits the operation unit by the user.
10.一种用于接收设备的视频信号接收方法,所述接收设备包括信号接收单元,其使用多个TMDS信道的传输路径HDMI从外部设备接收作为差分信号的视频信号, 通信单元,其通过使用构成所述传输路径HDMI的预留线来进行双向通信,以及图像显示单元,其处理在信号接收单元处接收的视频信号来显示图像,所述用于接收设备的视频信号接收方法其特征在于包括: 连接状态通知步骤,根据所述传输路径的至少一个的DC偏压电势来发出高速数据线接口的连接状态的通知; 发送请求发送步骤,通过使用通信单元通过所述预留线向外部设备发送附加信息发送请求,该附加信息发送请求是对于可以从外部设备发送的关于各个视频信号的附加信息的请求; 附加信息接收步骤,响应于在所述发送请求发送步骤中发送的附加信息发送请求,通过使用通信单元接收关于从外 10. A video signal receiving method for a receiving apparatus, the receiving apparatus comprises a signal receiving unit which uses a plurality of TMDS channels of HDMI receiving the video signal transmission path, the communication unit as a differential signal from the external apparatus, by using constituting the transmission path of HDMI to bi-directional communication line reservation, and an image display unit, which processes a video signal received in the signal receiving unit to display an image, a video signal reception method for a reception device comprising : notification step notifies a connection state, the bias potential of at least one of said transmission path connecting DC issues a state of high-speed data line interface; transmission request transmitting step, said reservation line to an external apparatus by using the communication unit via additional information transmission request transmission, the additional information transmission request for requesting the external device can be transmitted from the additional information about the respective video signals; additional information receiving step, the additional information in response to the transmission request transmitted in the request transmitting step of transmitting , by using a communication unit on the reception from the outer 部设备发送的各个视频信号的附加信息; 附加信息显示步骤,显示在附加信息接收步骤中接收的关于各个视频信号的附加信息; 选择信息发送步骤,通过使用通信单元向外部设备发送关于根据关于在附加信息显示步骤中显示的、关于各个视频信号的附加信息而选择的具体视频信号的选择信息;以及视频信号接收步骤,通过使用信号接收单元根据在所述选择信息发送步骤中发送的选择信息而接收从外部设备发送的.具体视频信号。 Additional information for each video signal of the equipment transmitted; additional information display step of displaying additional information about the respective video signal received in the additional information receiving step; selecting information transmitting step of transmitting to the external device by using the communication unit on according regarding additional information display step, the video signal selection information specific additional information about the respective video signal selected; and a video signal receiving step, by using the signal receiving unit according to selection information transmitted in the transmitting step and the selection information transmitted from the external apparatus. in particular video signal.
CN2007800494207A 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Transmitting device, video signal transmitting method in transmitting device, recieving device and video signal recieving method in recieving device CN101573977B (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP301486/2006 2006-11-07
JP2006301486 2006-11-07
JP2007050426 2007-02-28
JP050426/2007 2007-02-28
JP240663/2007 2007-09-18
JP2007240663 2007-09-18
PCT/JP2007/071650 WO2008056708A1 (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Transmitting device, video signal transmitting method in transmitting device, recieving device and video signal recieving method in recieving device

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201310497100.5A CN103533282B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Transmission apparatus, transmission method, receiving apparatus and receiving method
CN201310498402.4A CN103533283B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Transmission apparatus, transmission method, receiving apparatus and receiving method
CN201310496974.9A CN103561226B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Transmission apparatus, transmission method, receiving apparatus and receiving method
CN201310497238.5A CN103533269B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 The transmission apparatus and transmission method
CN201610642714.1A CN106210589B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 A kind of communication system for being communicated between sending device and receiving device

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201610642714.1A Division CN106210589B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 A kind of communication system for being communicated between sending device and receiving device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN101573977A CN101573977A (en) 2009-11-04
CN101573977B true CN101573977B (en) 2013-12-25

Family

ID=41105102

Family Applications (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2007800414965A CN101536519B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Electronic device, content reproducing method, and content decoding method
CN 200780041475 CN101536518B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Electronic device, control information transmission method, and control information reception method
CN 200780041518 CN101573975B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Receiver, delayed information transmitting method for receivers, audio output device, and delay control method for audio output devices
CN2007800494207A CN101573977B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Transmitting device, video signal transmitting method in transmitting device, recieving device and video signal recieving method in recieving device
CN200780041485.7A CN101535922B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Electronic apparatus and cable device
CN2007800466419A CN101563921B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Communication system, transmitting device, receiving device and communication method

Family Applications Before (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN2007800414965A CN101536519B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Electronic device, content reproducing method, and content decoding method
CN 200780041475 CN101536518B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Electronic device, control information transmission method, and control information reception method
CN 200780041518 CN101573975B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Receiver, delayed information transmitting method for receivers, audio output device, and delay control method for audio output devices

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN200780041485.7A CN101535922B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Electronic apparatus and cable device
CN2007800466419A CN101563921B (en) 2006-11-07 2007-11-07 Communication system, transmitting device, receiving device and communication method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (6) CN101536519B (en)

Families Citing this family (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2091253B1 (en) * 2006-11-07 2015-07-29 Sony Corporation Transmitting device, video signal transmitting method in transmitting device, recieving device and video signal recieving method in recieving device
US8674679B2 (en) * 2009-10-08 2014-03-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Power saving during a connection detection
US20120212672A1 (en) * 2009-11-06 2012-08-23 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Method and apparatus for controlling settings of a device for playback of a content item
JP2011109398A (en) * 2009-11-17 2011-06-02 Sony Corp Image transmission method, image receiving method, image transmission device, image receiving device, and image transmission system
JP5429552B2 (en) * 2009-12-03 2014-02-26 ソニー株式会社 A control device and a control method, and control system
CN101742156B (en) 2009-12-08 2013-01-09 山东泰信电子有限公司 High-resolution digital television all-in-one machine and implementation method thereof
CN102714745B (en) * 2010-02-10 2015-06-17 松下电器产业株式会社 Digital video signal output device and display device, and digital video signal output method and reception method
KR101639352B1 (en) * 2010-02-10 2016-07-13 삼성전자주식회사 Transmitter detecting power-down of receiver automatically and System having the same
JP2011244265A (en) * 2010-05-19 2011-12-01 Sony Corp Receiving device and receiving method
CN103620519B (en) 2011-07-01 2017-06-09 索尼公司 The electronic device, a method for determining the category of the transmission cable and the transmission cable
JP2013046123A (en) * 2011-08-23 2013-03-04 Sony Corp Signal converter, signal conversion method, and terminal device
US9544658B2 (en) * 2011-10-26 2017-01-10 Hitachi Maxell, Ltd. Video signal transmission/reception method, display device, and decoding device
TWI479894B (en) 2011-12-06 2015-04-01 Asmedia Technology Inc Data transceiving apparatus with high-definition multimedia interface
CN103200382B (en) * 2012-01-09 2017-10-31 上海华虹集成电路有限责任公司 Interactive communication method transmitting end and the receiving end high-definition multimedia interface
WO2013122385A1 (en) 2012-02-15 2013-08-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Data transmitting apparatus, data receiving apparatus, data transreceiving system, data transmitting method, data receiving method and data transreceiving method
WO2013122386A1 (en) 2012-02-15 2013-08-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Data transmitting apparatus, data receiving apparatus, data transreceiving system, data transmitting method, data receiving method and data transreceiving method
WO2013122387A1 (en) 2012-02-15 2013-08-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Data transmitting apparatus, data receiving apparatus, data transceiving system, data transmitting method, and data receiving method
CN104104972A (en) * 2013-04-10 2014-10-15 深圳市快播科技有限公司 Multimedia playing method, apparatus and system
TWI548279B (en) * 2013-08-02 2016-09-01 Aten Int Co Ltd Multimedia transceiver system, multimedia transmission apparatus, and multimedia receiving apparatus
WO2015147512A1 (en) * 2014-03-24 2015-10-01 엘지전자(주) Device and method for data transmission and reception using hdmi
WO2015174753A1 (en) * 2014-05-16 2015-11-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Content output apparatus, mobile apparatus, and controlling methods thereof
WO2015196136A1 (en) * 2014-06-19 2015-12-23 Google Inc. Systems, methods, and media for providing power to an hdmi source
US9215491B1 (en) * 2014-07-10 2015-12-15 Google Inc. Methods, systems, and media for controlling a bi-directional HDMI port
CN105681892B (en) * 2016-02-19 2019-03-15 网宿科技股份有限公司 The method, apparatus and system of differential data transmission
CN106023997A (en) * 2016-04-29 2016-10-12 青岛海信电器股份有限公司 SPDY-protocol-based data transmission method and transmitting and receiving device
CN106454471A (en) * 2016-08-17 2017-02-22 青岛海信电器股份有限公司 Terminal equipment audio and picture synchronization method and device
CN107483862A (en) * 2017-09-19 2017-12-15 龙迅半导体(合肥)股份有限公司 Signal switching method and system

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1695373A (en) 2002-01-29 2005-11-09 申玉均 Internet broadcasting system and method thereof for personal telecommunication terminal

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002290932A (en) 2001-03-27 2002-10-04 Toshiba Corp Digital broadcasting receiver and method for controlling it
KR100604032B1 (en) 2003-01-08 2006-07-24 엘지전자 주식회사 Apparatus for supporting plural codec and Method thereof
CN1728794A (en) * 2004-07-28 2006-02-01 上海乐金广电电子有限公司 Method and device for transmitting audio signal of video source equipment
JP3919115B2 (en) 2004-08-18 2007-05-23 ソニー株式会社 Decoding device, a decoding method, decoding program and a recording medium that decoding program is recorded, as well as reverse reproduction apparatus, reverse playback method, a recording medium that reverse playback program and reverse playback program recorded
JP4660184B2 (en) 2004-12-27 2011-03-30 株式会社東芝 Signal repeater and a signal relay method
CN101171838B (en) 2005-04-28 2011-06-01 松下电器产业株式会社 Lip-sync correcting device and lip-sync correcting method

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1695373A (en) 2002-01-29 2005-11-09 申玉均 Internet broadcasting system and method thereof for personal telecommunication terminal

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101535922A (en) 2009-09-16
CN101536519A (en) 2009-09-16
CN101535922B (en) 2015-05-20
CN101536518A (en) 2009-09-16
CN101563921B (en) 2011-09-07
CN101573977A (en) 2009-11-04
CN101563921A (en) 2009-10-21
CN101536519B (en) 2012-04-04
CN101536518B (en) 2012-06-20
CN101573975B (en) 2012-06-13
CN101573975A (en) 2009-11-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5585743B1 (en) Receiving apparatus and communication method
US9038123B2 (en) Communication system, transmission apparatus, transmission method, reception apparatus and reception method
JP4182997B2 (en) Transmission system and transceiver device
KR101432846B1 (en) Electronic apparatus and cable device
CN101682745B (en) Video signal transmission device, video signal transmission method, video signal reception device, and video signal reception method
JP5359230B2 (en) Transmitting apparatus and transmission data format determining method
EP1990992B1 (en) Communication system, video signal transmission method, transmitter, transmitting method, receiver, and receiving method
CN101803382B (en) Transmitter, three-dimensional image data transmitting method, receiver, and three-dimensional image data receiving method
JP5240492B2 (en) Communication system, and communication method
JP2009182583A (en) Electronic device, method for responding to message, and program
CN101536519B (en) Electronic device, content reproducing method, and content decoding method
KR101445899B1 (en) Transmission device and transmission method
US8334621B2 (en) Electronic equipment and power supply state control method for electronic equipment
CN101529906B (en) Transmitting method, transmitting system, and transmitting device and reciving device
JP4618291B2 (en) Operation information transmission method in the transmission apparatus, receiving apparatus and receiving apparatus
CN1893654A (en) Video signal transmission method and video processing system
CN1778107A (en) Data reproduction device, video display device and software update system and software update method which use them
CN101404745A (en) Display device and transmitting device
RU2461054C2 (en) Dlna-compliant device, dlna connection setting method and program
US8903523B2 (en) Audio processing device, audio processing method, and program
CN101083742B (en) Communication system, communication method, video output apparatus and video input apparatus
JP5242111B2 (en) Transmitting device, the image data transmitting method, an image display method in the receiving device and the receiving device
CN101331771A (en) Communication system, transmission device, reception device, communication method, and program
US20090190033A1 (en) Receiving device, and input switching control method in receiving device
EP2091246A2 (en) Electronic device, display system, transmission method and display method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
C10 Request of examination as to substance
C14 Granted